# Spanish translations for denemo package.
# Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the denemo package.
#  <adam@ajtee.plus.com>, 2005.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: denemo 0.7.3beta1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-04-28 17:57+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-11 23:18+0000\n"
"Last-Translator:  <adam@ajtee.plus.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n"
"Language: es\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"

#: src/articulations.c:291
msgid "<b>General</b>"
msgstr ""

#: src/articulations.c:331
msgid "<b>String</b>"
msgstr ""

#: src/articulations.c:348
msgid "<b>Organ</b>"
msgstr ""

#: src/articulations.c:369
msgid "<b>Brass</b>"
msgstr ""

#: src/articulations.c:383
msgid "<b>Woodwind</b>"
msgstr ""

#: src/articulations.c:456 src/entries.h:365
msgid "Articulation"
msgstr ""

#: src/barline.c:36
msgid "Ordinary"
msgstr ""

#: src/barline.c:38 src/barline.c:46
msgid "Double"
msgstr ""

#: src/barline.c:40
msgid "End"
msgstr ""

#: src/barline.c:42
msgid "Open Repeat"
msgstr ""

#: src/barline.c:44
msgid "Close Repeat"
msgstr ""

#: src/barline.c:76 src/commands.c:2259 src/commands.c:2261 src/entries.h:317
#: src/register_commands.h:295
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert Barline"
msgstr ""

#: src/barline.c:82
msgid "Select desired barline"
msgstr ""

#: src/barline.c:98 src/staffheightdialog.c:62
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""

#: src/barline.c:111 src/print.c:2252 src/staffheightdialog.c:75
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""

#: src/bookmarks.c:113
msgid "Goto Bookmark"
msgstr ""

#: src/changenotehead.c:22 src/changenotehead.c:34
msgid "Normal"
msgstr ""

#: src/changenotehead.c:22 src/changenotehead.c:36 src/commands.c:3592
#: src/commands.c:3595
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cross"
msgstr ""

#: src/changenotehead.c:22 src/changenotehead.c:38 src/commands.c:3580
#: src/commands.c:3583
#, no-c-format
msgid "Diamond"
msgstr ""

#: src/changenotehead.c:23 src/changenotehead.c:40 src/commands.c:3544
#: src/commands.c:3547
#, no-c-format
msgid "Harmonic"
msgstr ""

#: src/changenotehead.c:106
msgid "Change Notehead"
msgstr ""

#: src/changenotehead.c:115
msgid "Select Notehead Type"
msgstr ""

#: src/clefdialog.c:35
msgid "Treble"
msgstr ""

#: src/clefdialog.c:36
msgid "Bass"
msgstr ""

#: src/clefdialog.c:37
msgid "Alto"
msgstr ""

#: src/clefdialog.c:38
msgid "Treble Octava bassa"
msgstr ""

#: src/clefdialog.c:39
msgid "Tenor"
msgstr ""

#: src/clefdialog.c:40
msgid "Soprano"
msgstr ""

#: src/clefdialog.c:41
msgid "Bass Octava bassa"
msgstr ""

#: src/clefdialog.c:42
msgid "French"
msgstr ""

#: src/clefdialog.c:126 src/scorelayout.c:1286
msgid "Set Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/clefdialog.c:126
msgid "Insert clef change"
msgstr ""

#: src/clefdialog.c:137
msgid "Select desired clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/commandfuncs.c:452
#, c-format
msgid "This movement is now number %d in the score"
msgstr ""

#: src/commandfuncs.c:457
msgid "There is no previous movement to swap with"
msgstr ""

#: src/commandfuncs.c:478
msgid "A context is set on this staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commandfuncs.c:479
msgid ""
"You will need to alter the staff->properties->context of this and the "
"previous staff; Proceed?"
msgstr ""

#: src/commandfuncs.c:494
msgid "Split off voices from this staff first"
msgstr ""

#: src/commandfuncs.c:496
msgid "There is no previous staff to swap with"
msgstr ""

#: src/commandfuncs.c:517
msgid "There is no voice below this one on this staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commandfuncs.c:526
msgid "There is no voice below this one to split from"
msgstr ""

#: src/commandfuncs.c:554
msgid "There is no staff above to move this staff into"
msgstr ""

#: src/commandfuncs.c:588
msgid "This is the first voice"
msgstr ""

#: src/commandfuncs.c:627
msgid "This is the first staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commandfuncs.c:662
msgid "This is the last voice"
msgstr ""

#: src/commandfuncs.c:734
msgid "This is the last staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:9 src/commands.c:11
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stopped  (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:9 src/commands.c:11 src/commands.c:20 src/commands.c:22
#: src/commands.c:31 src/commands.c:33 src/entries.h:57 src/entries.h:58
#: src/entries.h:59 src/entries.h:60 src/entries.h:61 src/entries.h:62
#: src/entries.h:63 src/entries.h:64 src/entries.h:65 src/entries.h:66
#: src/entries.h:69 src/entries.h:70 src/entries.h:75 src/entries.h:76
#: src/entries.h:85 src/entries.h:88 src/entries.h:89 src/entries.h:90
#: src/entries.h:91 src/entries.h:92 src/entries.h:93 src/entries.h:94
#: src/entries.h:95 src/entries.h:96 src/entries.h:97 src/entries.h:98
#: src/entries.h:99 src/entries.h:100 src/entries.h:101 src/entries.h:102
#: src/entries.h:103 src/entries.h:104 src/entries.h:105 src/entries.h:106
#: src/entries.h:107 src/entries.h:108 src/entries.h:109 src/entries.h:110
#: src/entries.h:111 src/entries.h:112 src/entries.h:113 src/entries.h:114
#: src/entries.h:115 src/entries.h:116 src/entries.h:117 src/entries.h:118
#: src/entries.h:119 src/entries.h:120 src/entries.h:121 src/entries.h:122
#: src/entries.h:123 src/entries.h:124 src/entries.h:125 src/entries.h:126
#: src/entries.h:127 src/entries.h:128 src/entries.h:129 src/entries.h:130
#: src/entries.h:131 src/entries.h:132 src/entries.h:133 src/entries.h:134
#: src/entries.h:135 src/entries.h:136 src/entries.h:137 src/entries.h:138
#: src/entries.h:139 src/entries.h:140 src/entries.h:141 src/entries.h:142
#: src/entries.h:143 src/entries.h:144 src/entries.h:145 src/entries.h:146
#: src/entries.h:147 src/entries.h:148 src/entries.h:149 src/entries.h:150
#: src/entries.h:151 src/entries.h:152 src/entries.h:153 src/entries.h:154
#: src/entries.h:155 src/entries.h:156 src/entries.h:157 src/entries.h:158
#: src/entries.h:159 src/entries.h:160 src/entries.h:161 src/entries.h:162
#: src/entries.h:163 src/entries.h:164 src/entries.h:165 src/entries.h:166
#: src/entries.h:167 src/entries.h:168 src/entries.h:169 src/entries.h:170
#: src/entries.h:171 src/entries.h:172 src/entries.h:173 src/entries.h:174
#: src/entries.h:175 src/entries.h:176 src/entries.h:177 src/entries.h:178
#: src/entries.h:179 src/entries.h:180 src/entries.h:181 src/entries.h:182
#: src/entries.h:183 src/entries.h:184 src/entries.h:185 src/entries.h:191
#: src/entries.h:192 src/entries.h:193 src/entries.h:194 src/entries.h:197
#: src/entries.h:198 src/entries.h:199 src/register_commands.h:56
#: src/register_commands.h:57 src/register_commands.h:58
#: src/register_commands.h:59 src/register_commands.h:60
#: src/register_commands.h:61 src/register_commands.h:62
#: src/register_commands.h:63 src/register_commands.h:64
#: src/register_commands.h:65 src/register_commands.h:68
#: src/register_commands.h:69 src/register_commands.h:74
#: src/register_commands.h:75 src/register_commands.h:84
#: src/register_commands.h:87 src/register_commands.h:88
#: src/register_commands.h:89 src/register_commands.h:90
#: src/register_commands.h:91 src/register_commands.h:92
#: src/register_commands.h:93 src/register_commands.h:94
#: src/register_commands.h:95 src/register_commands.h:96
#: src/register_commands.h:97 src/register_commands.h:98
#: src/register_commands.h:99 src/register_commands.h:100
#: src/register_commands.h:101 src/register_commands.h:102
#: src/register_commands.h:103 src/register_commands.h:104
#: src/register_commands.h:105 src/register_commands.h:106
#: src/register_commands.h:107 src/register_commands.h:108
#: src/register_commands.h:109 src/register_commands.h:110
#: src/register_commands.h:111 src/register_commands.h:112
#: src/register_commands.h:113 src/register_commands.h:114
#: src/register_commands.h:115 src/register_commands.h:116
#: src/register_commands.h:117 src/register_commands.h:118
#: src/register_commands.h:119 src/register_commands.h:120
#: src/register_commands.h:121 src/register_commands.h:122
#: src/register_commands.h:123 src/register_commands.h:124
#: src/register_commands.h:125 src/register_commands.h:126
#: src/register_commands.h:127 src/register_commands.h:128
#: src/register_commands.h:129 src/register_commands.h:130
#: src/register_commands.h:131 src/register_commands.h:132
#: src/register_commands.h:133 src/register_commands.h:134
#: src/register_commands.h:135 src/register_commands.h:136
#: src/register_commands.h:137 src/register_commands.h:138
#: src/register_commands.h:139 src/register_commands.h:140
#: src/register_commands.h:141 src/register_commands.h:142
#: src/register_commands.h:143 src/register_commands.h:144
#: src/register_commands.h:145 src/register_commands.h:146
#: src/register_commands.h:147 src/register_commands.h:148
#: src/register_commands.h:149 src/register_commands.h:150
#: src/register_commands.h:151 src/register_commands.h:152
#: src/register_commands.h:153 src/register_commands.h:154
#: src/register_commands.h:155 src/register_commands.h:156
#: src/register_commands.h:157 src/register_commands.h:158
#: src/register_commands.h:159 src/register_commands.h:160
#: src/register_commands.h:161 src/register_commands.h:162
#: src/register_commands.h:163 src/register_commands.h:164
#: src/register_commands.h:165 src/register_commands.h:166
#: src/register_commands.h:167 src/register_commands.h:168
#: src/register_commands.h:169 src/register_commands.h:170
#: src/register_commands.h:171 src/register_commands.h:172
#: src/register_commands.h:173 src/register_commands.h:174
#: src/register_commands.h:175 src/register_commands.h:176
#: src/register_commands.h:177 src/register_commands.h:178
#: src/register_commands.h:179 src/register_commands.h:180
#: src/register_commands.h:181 src/register_commands.h:182
#: src/register_commands.h:183 src/register_commands.h:184
#: src/register_commands.h:190 src/register_commands.h:191
#: src/register_commands.h:192 src/register_commands.h:193
#: src/register_commands.h:196 src/register_commands.h:197
#: src/register_commands.h:198
#, no-c-format
msgid "No Tooltip yet"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:20 src/commands.c:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Coda (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:31 src/commands.c:33
#, no-c-format
msgid "Segno  (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:42 src/commands.c:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preview Four Bars"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:42 src/commands.c:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "Print preview of current bar and the next three."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:53 src/commands.c:55
#, no-c-format
msgid "To Cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:53 src/commands.c:55
#, no-c-format
msgid "Moves the nearest note to join the cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:64 src/commands.c:66
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stems Down"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:64 src/commands.c:66
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stems from now on point downward."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:75 src/commands.c:77
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stems Up"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:75 src/commands.c:77
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stems from now on point upward."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:86 src/commands.c:88
#, no-c-format
msgid "Attach Tied Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:86 src/commands.c:88
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Attaches a tied note: you must give the duration after invoking this "
"function."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:97 src/commands.c:99
#, no-c-format
msgid "Figured Bass Filter On"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:97 src/commands.c:99
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Start filtering MIDI events, First note is bass, hold this down while "
"entering notes for figures. Pedal changes harmony on same bass."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:108 src/commands.c:110
#, no-c-format
msgid "MIDI Filter Off"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:108 src/commands.c:110
#, no-c-format
msgid "Turn off any MIDI filter script currently active."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:119 src/commands.c:121
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check Note Pitches"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:119 src/commands.c:121
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Compares note from MIDI with current note, if equal in pitch, advances to "
"next note, else beeps."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:130 src/commands.c:132
#, no-c-format
msgid "MIDI Advance on Edit"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:130 src/commands.c:132
#, no-c-format
msgid "Advances the cursor on MIDI note entry. Use in Edit mode."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:141 src/commands.c:143
#, no-c-format
msgid "Angry Delete"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:141 src/commands.c:143
#, no-c-format
msgid "MIDI notes struck loudly delete the previous note before taking effect."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:152 src/commands.c:154
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Open { Octave Up"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:152 src/commands.c:154
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Opens a block to be transposed up one octave\n"
"\tThis must be followed by a CloseBlock \"}\" to end the transposed section."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:163 src/commands.c:165
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Close } a LilyPond Block"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:163 src/commands.c:165
#, no-c-format
msgid "Closes a LilyPond Block (there must be a matching open, {, earlier)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:174 src/commands.c:176
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Transpose Octave Up"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:174 src/commands.c:176
#, no-c-format
msgid "Instructs the LilyPond Engraver to transpose this score one octave up."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:185 src/commands.c:187
#, no-c-format
msgid "D.C. al fine"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:185 src/commands.c:187
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Puts a da capo in the score. Position is adjusted via the numbers in the "
"script."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:196 src/commands.c:198 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:95
#, no-c-format
msgid "Allegro"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:196 src/commands.c:198
#, no-c-format
msgid "Print Allegro in bold italics above the chord."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:207 src/commands.c:209 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:96
#, no-c-format
msgid "Andante"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:207 src/commands.c:209
#, no-c-format
msgid "Print Andante in bold italics above the chord."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:218 src/commands.c:220 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:95
#, no-c-format
msgid "Presto"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:218 src/commands.c:220
#, no-c-format
msgid "Print Presto in bold italics above the chord."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:229 src/commands.c:231
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finger 0"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:229 src/commands.c:231
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts fingering for open string"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:240 src/commands.c:242
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finger 1"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:240 src/commands.c:242
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 1"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:251 src/commands.c:253
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finger 2"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:251 src/commands.c:253
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 2"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:262 src/commands.c:264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finger 3"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:262 src/commands.c:264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 3"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:273 src/commands.c:275
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finger 4"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:273 src/commands.c:275
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 4"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:284 src/commands.c:286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finger 5"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:284 src/commands.c:286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 5"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:295 src/commands.c:297
#, no-c-format
msgid "Start Beam"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:295 src/commands.c:297
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Instructs the LilyPond engraver to start a beam here. (Print effect only)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:306 src/commands.c:308
#, no-c-format
msgid "End Beam"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:306 src/commands.c:308
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Instructs LilyPond engraver to stop previously started manual beaming. Print "
"effect only."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:317 src/commands.c:319
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete LilyPond on Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:317 src/commands.c:319
#, no-c-format
msgid "Deletes the LilyPond attached to the note where the cursor is."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:328 src/commands.c:330
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete LilyPond on Chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:328 src/commands.c:330
#, no-c-format
msgid "Deletes the LilyPond attached to the chord at the cursor."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:339 src/commands.c:341
#, no-c-format
msgid "Repeat Start Barline"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:339 src/commands.c:341
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert a barline indicating the start of a repeated section."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:350 src/commands.c:352
#, no-c-format
msgid "Repeat End Barline"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:350 src/commands.c:352
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert a barline indicating the end of a repeated section."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:361 src/commands.c:363
#, no-c-format
msgid "Repeat End-Start"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:361 src/commands.c:363
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a barline ending one repeated section and starting another"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:372 src/commands.c:374
#, no-c-format
msgid "Apply Shortcut to Objects in Selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:372 src/commands.c:374
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Followed by a keyboard shortcut: applies the shortcut with the cursor "
"successively on each object in the selection."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:383 src/commands.c:385
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print)Set Overall Score Size"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:383 src/commands.c:385
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose the font size of for the score, and hence how much space it takes up."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:394 src/commands.c:396
#, no-c-format
msgid "String Number"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:394 src/commands.c:396
#, no-c-format
msgid "Followed by a number, places string number on note."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:405 src/commands.c:407
#, no-c-format
msgid "Double Bar"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:405 src/commands.c:407
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert a double barline at cursor position."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:416 src/commands.c:418
#, no-c-format
msgid "Glissando"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:416 src/commands.c:418
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a glissando"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:427 src/commands.c:429
#, no-c-format
msgid "Smaller Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:427 src/commands.c:429
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The current staff will print in a smaller size. Use this for the solo part "
"above a piano accompaniment"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:438 src/commands.c:440
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tmbales Style Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:438 src/commands.c:440
#, no-c-format
msgid "Changes to a drum staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:449 src/commands.c:451
#, no-c-format
msgid "Fortissimo"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:449 src/commands.c:451
#, no-c-format
msgid "Places a ff sign on the chord at the cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:460 src/commands.c:462
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cautionary Accidental"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:460 src/commands.c:462
#, no-c-format
msgid "Forces the accidental on the note to be printed."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:471 src/commands.c:473
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reminder Accidental"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:471 src/commands.c:473
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Shows the accidental in the print out inside (). Display shows accidental "
"but plain."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:482 src/commands.c:484 src/commands.c:581 src/commands.c:583
#: src/commands.c:4807 src/commands.c:4810 src/commands.c:4863
#: src/commands.c:4865
#, no-c-format
msgid "Title"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:482 src/commands.c:484
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints the name given as a title centered at the start of the score."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:493 src/commands.c:495 src/commands.c:4819
#: src/commands.c:4821
#, no-c-format
msgid "Arranger"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:493 src/commands.c:495
#, no-c-format
msgid "Name of the arranger, flush-right below the composer."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:504 src/commands.c:506 src/commands.c:4841
#: src/commands.c:4843 src/commands.c:6288 src/commands.c:6291
#, no-c-format
msgid "Composer"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:504 src/commands.c:506
#, no-c-format
msgid "Name of the composer, flush-right below the subsubtitle."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:515 src/commands.c:517
#, no-c-format
msgid "Dedication"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:515 src/commands.c:517
#, no-c-format
msgid "The dedicatee of the music, centered at the top of the first page."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:526 src/commands.c:528
#, no-c-format
msgid "Instrument"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:526 src/commands.c:528
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Name of the instrument, centered below the subsubtitle. Also centered at the "
"top of pages (other than the first page)."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:537 src/commands.c:539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Meter"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:537 src/commands.c:539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Meter string, flush-left below the poet."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:548 src/commands.c:550
#, no-c-format
msgid "Opus"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:548 src/commands.c:550
#, no-c-format
msgid "Name of the opus, flush-right below the arranger."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:559 src/commands.c:561
#, no-c-format
msgid "Poet"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:559 src/commands.c:561
#, no-c-format
msgid "Name of the poet, flush-left below the subsubtitle."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:570 src/commands.c:572
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tagline"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:570 src/commands.c:572
#, no-c-format
msgid " Centered at the bottom of the last page."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:581 src/commands.c:583
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints the name given as a title above the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:592 src/commands.c:594
#, no-c-format
msgid "Subtitle"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:592 src/commands.c:594
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints the given name below the title of the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:603 src/commands.c:605 src/commands.c:4896
#: src/commands.c:4898
#, no-c-format
msgid "Piece"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:603 src/commands.c:605
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Prints the name given above and to the left at the start of the movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:614 src/commands.c:616 src/commands.c:4830
#: src/commands.c:4832
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copyright"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:614 src/commands.c:616
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Copyright notice, centered at the bottom of the first page. To insert the "
"copyright symbol, see Lilypond Text encoding."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:625 src/commands.c:627 src/commands.c:636 src/commands.c:638
#, no-c-format
msgid "Indent"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:625 src/commands.c:627
#, no-c-format
msgid "Alter the indent of the opening system for the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:636 src/commands.c:638
#, no-c-format
msgid "Indent the first system of every movement by the given amount."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:647 src/commands.c:649
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tuplet Numbering (On/Off)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:647 src/commands.c:649
#, no-c-format
msgid "Control whether tuplet numbers will be printed over tuplets."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:658 src/commands.c:660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Page Break Before"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:658 src/commands.c:660
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints this movement starting on a new page"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:669 src/commands.c:671
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Hide Movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:669 src/commands.c:671
#, no-c-format
msgid "Hides the movement on printing."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:680 src/commands.c:682
#, no-c-format
msgid "Closing Barline"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:680 src/commands.c:682
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a closing barline (a double bar with last one thicker)."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:691 src/commands.c:693
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert Rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:691 src/commands.c:693
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a rest in the prevailing duration"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:702 src/commands.c:704
#, no-c-format
msgid "Allegro Assai"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:702 src/commands.c:704
#, no-c-format
msgid "Gives Allegro Assai tempo indication"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:713 src/commands.c:715
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Ambitus (On/Off)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:713 src/commands.c:715
#, no-c-format
msgid "Toggle the ambitus engraver for this staff on or off"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:724 src/commands.c:726
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create Timebase"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:724 src/commands.c:726
#, no-c-format
msgid "Recalculates the timing of each note."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:735 src/commands.c:738
#, no-c-format
msgid "Hide Empty Staffs (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:735 src/commands.c:738
#, no-c-format
msgid "Controls whether staffs containing only rests are printed."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:747 src/commands.c:750
#: actions/commandscripts/InstrumentName.scm:39
#: actions/commandscripts/PianoStaffName.scm:6
#, no-c-format
msgid "Instrument Name"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:747 src/commands.c:750
#, no-c-format
msgid "Print Instrument name before staff at start of score,"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:759 src/commands.c:762
#: actions/commandscripts/ShortInstrumentName.scm:12
#, no-c-format
msgid "Short Instrument Name"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:759 src/commands.c:762
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Prints shortened form of instrument name before this staff\n"
"for second and subsequent systems"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:771 src/commands.c:773
#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:392
#, no-c-format
msgid "Line Break"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:771 src/commands.c:773
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Start a new line (i.e. system) at this measure."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:782 src/commands.c:785 src/scorelayout.c:803
#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:393
#, no-c-format
msgid "Page Break"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:782 src/commands.c:785
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Forces a new page at this barline."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:794 src/commands.c:797
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Transposed"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:794 src/commands.c:797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Prints the score transposed by the interval selected by "
"SetTransposeIntervalFromSelection"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:806 src/commands.c:809
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mezzo Forte"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:806 src/commands.c:809
#, no-c-format
msgid "Attach mf indication to a chord."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:818 src/commands.c:821 src/commands.c:2007
#: src/commands.c:2009 src/commands.c:2062 src/commands.c:2065
#: src/entries.h:403 src/scorelayout.c:482 src/scorelayout.c:496
#: actions/denemo.scm:152 actions/commandscripts/EndVolta.scm:4
#: actions/commandscripts/EndVolta.scm:5 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:74
#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:82 actions/commandscripts/Upbeat.scm:48
#: actions/commandscripts/Upbeat.scm:57
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:818 src/commands.c:821
#, no-c-format
msgid "Deletes a dynamic attached to the chord at the cursor."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:830 src/commands.c:832
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parenthesize Chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:830 src/commands.c:832
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enclose the chord in ( ) on printing."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:841 src/commands.c:843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parenthesize Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:841 src/commands.c:843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enclose the note at the cursor in ( ) when printed."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:852 src/commands.c:854
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go To Next Empty Measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:852 src/commands.c:854
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Move cursor to the next point in the current staff where the music ends."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:863 src/commands.c:866
#, no-c-format
msgid "Chat to Other Users"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:863 src/commands.c:866
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Runs your browser on a page giving access to denemo's internet relay chat"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:875 src/commands.c:878
#, no-c-format
msgid "Toggle Triplet Entry (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:875 src/commands.c:878
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a start triplet or end tuple alternately."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:887 src/commands.c:890 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:96
#, no-c-format
msgid "Largo"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:887 src/commands.c:890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Attaches Largo to chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:899 src/commands.c:902 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:96
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adagio"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:899 src/commands.c:902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Attaches tempo marking to chord at cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:911 src/commands.c:913
#, no-c-format
msgid "Drum GM2 Custom"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:911 src/commands.c:913
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Convert General Midi drum-staffs to user-notation drum-staffs. Please edit "
"the script to enter your own values."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:922 src/commands.c:925 src/commands.c:934 src/commands.c:937
#: src/commands.c:946 src/commands.c:949 src/commands.c:958 src/commands.c:961
#, no-c-format
msgid "Comment"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:922 src/commands.c:925
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stores any textual commentary you may have for this score."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:934 src/commands.c:937
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stores textual comments for this movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:946 src/commands.c:949
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saves textual comments for this staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:958 src/commands.c:961
#, no-c-format
msgid "Attach a textual comment to the chord at the cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:970 src/commands.c:972
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Transpose"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:970 src/commands.c:972
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Prints this staff (only) transposed. This is in addtion to any score-wide "
"transposition"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:981 src/commands.c:983
#, no-c-format
msgid "Next Bookmark"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:981 src/commands.c:983
#, no-c-format
msgid "Seach forward for bookmarks in the current staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:992 src/commands.c:994
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prev Bookmark"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:992 src/commands.c:994
#, no-c-format
msgid "Seach backward for bookmarks in the current staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1003 src/commands.c:1005
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Rehearsal/Bookmark"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1003 src/commands.c:1005
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adds a Denemo bookmark combined with a default Rehearsal Mark"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1014 src/commands.c:1016
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Named Bookmark"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1014 src/commands.c:1016
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adds a Denemo bookmark combined with a custom Lilypond Rehearsal Mark"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1025 src/commands.c:1027
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Non-Printing Bookmark"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1025 src/commands.c:1027
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adds a custom Denemo bookmark without Lilypond output."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1036 src/commands.c:1038
#, no-c-format
msgid "Search Bookmark"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1036 src/commands.c:1038
#, no-c-format
msgid "Searches for a named Bookmark in the current staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1047 src/commands.c:1049
#, no-c-format
msgid "Diminish"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1047 src/commands.c:1049
#, no-c-format
msgid "Diminishs the note/chord/rest. Quarter Note becomes Eight Note. "
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1058 src/commands.c:1060
#, no-c-format
msgid "Augment"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1058 src/commands.c:1060
#, no-c-format
msgid "Augments the current Note/Chord/Rest. Quarter Note becomes Half Note."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1069 src/commands.c:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whole Measure Rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1069 src/commands.c:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a whole measure rest at the cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1081 src/commands.c:1084
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert Whole Measure Rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1081 src/commands.c:1084
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Inserts/"
"Appends a rest measure; if the current measure is empty, it simply places the whole measure rest in it. Do not invoke in a populated measure preceding an empty measure."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1093 src/commands.c:1096 src/commands.c:5616
#: src/commands.c:5619
#, no-c-format
msgid "Multi-Measure Rests"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1093 src/commands.c:1096
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Creates a multi-measure rest from the whole measure rests after the cursor. "
"You must create the whole measure rests first."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1105 src/commands.c:1107
#, no-c-format
msgid "Open Repeat Section"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1105 src/commands.c:1107
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Marks the point where a repeat will start. A correspond close, or first and "
"second time bars are needed."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1116 src/commands.c:1119
#, no-c-format
msgid "Close a Repeat Section"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1116 src/commands.c:1119
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Closes a section that starts with an Open Repeat. Not needed with 1st and "
"2nd time bars. (Printing)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1128 src/commands.c:1131
#, no-c-format
msgid "First Time Bar"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1128 src/commands.c:1131
#, no-c-format
msgid "Closes a repeated section and starts a first time bar (printing)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1140 src/commands.c:1143
#, no-c-format
msgid "Second Time Bar"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1140 src/commands.c:1143
#, no-c-format
msgid "Closes first time bars and starts second time bar(s) (printing)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1152 src/commands.c:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Close Second Time Bar"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1152 src/commands.c:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid "Closes the second time bar peviously opened (printing)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1164 src/commands.c:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid "Clef Chooser"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1164 src/commands.c:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose any sort of clef. If the cursor is at the start change initial clef, "
"else insert chosen clef."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1176 src/commands.c:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mezzo Piano"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1176 src/commands.c:1179
#, no-c-format
msgid "prints mp and outputs MIDI vol change#"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1188 src/commands.c:1191
#, no-c-format
msgid "Forte"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1188 src/commands.c:1191
#, no-c-format
msgid "Attaches Forte to chord and MIDI volume"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1200 src/commands.c:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid "Short Measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1200 src/commands.c:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Allow too few notes/rests in this measure. LilyPond will engrave this "
"measure (in all staffs) with the short duration given by notes already "
"present when this command was issued."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1211 src/commands.c:1214
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Open { Octave Down"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1211 src/commands.c:1214
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Opens a block printing an octave lower: must be terminated with "
"CloseLilyBlock"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1223 src/commands.c:1225
#, no-c-format
msgid "Next Lower"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1223 src/commands.c:1225
#, no-c-format
msgid "Moves cursor to next note that is lower than the cursor."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1234 src/commands.c:1237
#, no-c-format
msgid "Next Higher"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1234 src/commands.c:1237
#, no-c-format
msgid "Move cursor to next note higher than cursor posiiton"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1246 src/commands.c:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "Find Edit Point"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1246 src/commands.c:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "Searches backward for the start of non-printing notes."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1258 src/commands.c:1260
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create Ossia Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1258 src/commands.c:1260
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Creates a small staff above the current staff for inserting cues, ossia "
"passages etc. Use Show Ossia and Hide Ossia to show specific measures."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1269 src/commands.c:1272
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show Ossia"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1269 src/commands.c:1272
#, no-c-format
msgid "Place this at the start of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1281 src/commands.c:1284
#, no-c-format
msgid "Hide Ossia"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1281 src/commands.c:1284
#, no-c-format
msgid "Place this at the end of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1293 src/commands.c:1296
#, no-c-format
msgid "Start Arbitrary Tuplet"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1293 src/commands.c:1296
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Asks for ratio of tuplet and then puts in a start for that. Use EndTuplet "
"command after entering tuplet notes. Note that the Denemo display will not "
"automatically group the tuplet, but it will print with expected beaming etc."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1305 src/commands.c:1307
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bar Numbers (On/Off)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1305 src/commands.c:1307
#, no-c-format
msgid "Turns bar numbering on/off in print out."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1316 src/commands.c:1318
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set Tempo"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1316 src/commands.c:1318
#, no-c-format
msgid "Send a Midi command to change the tempo to a new bpm. No printout."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1327 src/commands.c:1329
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tempi and Metronome Marks"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1327 src/commands.c:1329
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Insert tempi and/or metronome marks, printed or not, adjust playback tempo "
"to suit"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1338 src/commands.c:1340 src/entries.h:396
#, no-c-format
msgid "Dynamics"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1338 src/commands.c:1340
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose dynamics and midi volume level."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1349 src/commands.c:1351
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cursor to Lowest Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1349 src/commands.c:1351
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Moves the cursor to the lowest note on current horizontal position (in a "
"chord or on a single note)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1360 src/commands.c:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cursor to Highest Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1360 src/commands.c:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Moves the cursor to the highest note on current horizontal position (in a "
"chord or on a single note)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1371 src/commands.c:1373
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set Display Scale"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1371 src/commands.c:1373
#, no-c-format
msgid "Scales the display by value given by user."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1382 src/commands.c:1385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Channel"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1382 src/commands.c:1385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change the Channel of a staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1394 src/commands.c:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid "Program"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1394 src/commands.c:1397
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change the Program of the current channel/staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1406 src/commands.c:1409 src/view.c:9657
#, no-c-format
msgid "Volume"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1406 src/commands.c:1409
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change the Volume of a channel/staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1418 src/commands.c:1421
#, no-c-format
msgid "Generic Control Change"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1418 src/commands.c:1421
#, no-c-format
msgid "Generic 0xB Control Change - User can give the midi bytes, too. "
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1430 src/commands.c:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid "1 Modwheel"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1430 src/commands.c:1433
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change the Modwheel value of a channel/staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1442 src/commands.c:1445
#, no-c-format
msgid "8 Balance"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1442 src/commands.c:1445
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Balance. Typically used for a stereo signal tweak without changing the pan "
"itself. Like a CD player. "
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1454 src/commands.c:1457
#, no-c-format
msgid "10 Pan"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1454 src/commands.c:1457
#, no-c-format
msgid "Where in the stereo field the channel sound will be placed."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1466 src/commands.c:1469
#, no-c-format
msgid "11 Expression"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1466 src/commands.c:1469
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Aka \"Sub Volume\" or \"Percent Volume\". The \"real\" volume. Use Volume as "
"initial value for each staff/channel and change further cresc/dim with "
"expression. "
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1478 src/commands.c:1481
#, no-c-format
msgid "64 Hold Pedal (Right Piano Pedal)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1478 src/commands.c:1481
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Hold Pedal On/Off (Right Piano Pedal). Deactivates Note-Off until set to "
"\"Off\""
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1490 src/commands.c:1493
#, no-c-format
msgid "65 Portamento (On/Off)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1490 src/commands.c:1493
#, no-c-format
msgid "Slides between 2 notes. Can be adjusted with 5 - Portamento Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1502 src/commands.c:1505
#, no-c-format
msgid "66 Sostenuto Pedal (On/Off) (Middle Grand Piano Pedal)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1502 src/commands.c:1505
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Middle Grand Piano Pedal. All Notes currently active (without a note off) "
"will not have a note-off until Sostenuto Off."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1514 src/commands.c:1517
#, no-c-format
msgid "67 Soft Pedal (On/Off) (Left Piano Pedal)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1514 src/commands.c:1517
#, no-c-format
msgid "Left Piano Pedal. Lowers the volume of any notes played."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1526 src/commands.c:1529
#, no-c-format
msgid "68 Legato Pedal (On/Off)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1526 src/commands.c:1529
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Skips the attack portion of the VCA's envelope. For phrasing like wind or "
"brass or guitar hammer-on."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1538 src/commands.c:1541
#, no-c-format
msgid "69 Hold Pedal #2 (On/Off)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1538 src/commands.c:1541
#, no-c-format
msgid "Longer release time but notes will fade out eventually."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1550 src/commands.c:1552
#, no-c-format
msgid "C Pentascale"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1550 src/commands.c:1552 src/commands.c:1561
#: src/commands.c:1563 src/commands.c:1572 src/commands.c:1574
#: src/commands.c:1583 src/commands.c:1585 src/commands.c:1594
#: src/commands.c:1596 src/commands.c:1605 src/commands.c:1607
#: src/commands.c:1616 src/commands.c:1618 src/commands.c:1627
#: src/commands.c:1629
#, no-c-format
msgid "Identify Scale Notes that are sounded"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1561 src/commands.c:1563
#, no-c-format
msgid "F Pentascale"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1572 src/commands.c:1574
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bb Pentascale"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1583 src/commands.c:1585
#, no-c-format
msgid "Eb Pentascale"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1594 src/commands.c:1596
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ab Pentascale"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1605 src/commands.c:1607
#, no-c-format
msgid "Db Pentascale"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1616 src/commands.c:1618
#, no-c-format
msgid "C Major"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1627 src/commands.c:1629
#, no-c-format
msgid "F Major"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1638 src/commands.c:1640
#, no-c-format
msgid "MajorMinor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1638 src/commands.c:1640
#, no-c-format
msgid "Determine if the chord played is major or minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1649 src/commands.c:1652
#, no-c-format
msgid "DiminishedAugmented"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1649 src/commands.c:1652
#, no-c-format
msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Diminished or Augmented"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1661 src/commands.c:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Line and Space Recognition"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1661 src/commands.c:1663
#, no-c-format
msgid "%tests your ability to recognize the difference between line and space"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1672 src/commands.c:1674
#, no-c-format
msgid "Trace Note Direction"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1672 src/commands.c:1674
#, no-c-format
msgid "%tests your note tracking ability"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1683 src/commands.c:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "Step, Skip, or Same?"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1683 src/commands.c:1685
#, no-c-format
msgid "%tests your ability to determine if note is moving by a step or skip"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1694 src/commands.c:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "Step Counting Exercise"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1694 src/commands.c:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"%tests your ability to find the number of diatonic notes between two notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1705 src/commands.c:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "Diatonic Interval Detection"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1705 src/commands.c:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"%tests your ability to find the diatonic interval name between two notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1716 src/commands.c:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note Name Recognition"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1716 src/commands.c:1718 src/commands.c:1727
#: src/commands.c:1729 src/commands.c:1738 src/commands.c:1740
#, no-c-format
msgid "%tests your ability to name the notes of the scale"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1727 src/commands.c:1729
#, no-c-format
msgid "Solfege Note Name Recognition"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1738 src/commands.c:1740
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note Name Speed Recognition"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1749 src/commands.c:1751
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bass Clef Note Name Speed Recognition"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1749 src/commands.c:1751
#, no-c-format
msgid "%tests your ability to read the notes of the bass clef staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1760 src/commands.c:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid "DiminishedMinor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1760 src/commands.c:1763
#, no-c-format
msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Diminished or Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1772 src/commands.c:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid "MajorAugmented"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1772 src/commands.c:1775
#, no-c-format
msgid "Determine if chord sounded is Major or Augmented"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1784 src/commands.c:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid "MajorMinorAugmentedDiminished"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1784 src/commands.c:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Major Minor Augmented or Diminished"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1796 src/commands.c:1799
#, no-c-format
msgid "Major7Minor7Dominant7"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1796 src/commands.c:1799
#, no-c-format
msgid "Determine which seventh chord is sounded"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1808 src/commands.c:1810 src/entries.h:75
#: src/register_commands.h:74
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Dot"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1808 src/commands.c:1810
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adds an Augmentation Dot to current note/chord/rest."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1819 src/commands.c:1822 src/commands.c:5133
#: src/commands.c:5136
#, no-c-format
msgid "Staccato (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1819 src/commands.c:1822
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adds the staccato dot or removes it"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1831 src/commands.c:1834 src/commands.c:5169
#: src/commands.c:5172
#, no-c-format
msgid "Staccatissimo (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1831 src/commands.c:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid "Toggles Staccatissimo"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1843 src/commands.c:1846 src/commands.c:5157
#: src/commands.c:5160
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tenuto (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1843 src/commands.c:1846
#, no-c-format
msgid "Toggles the Tenuto Line _ On/Off"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1855 src/commands.c:1858 src/commands.c:5121
#: src/commands.c:5124
#, no-c-format
msgid "Accent (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1855 src/commands.c:1858
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adds the > accent"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1867 src/commands.c:1869
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reload the \"Drum GM to User\" map"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1867 src/commands.c:1869
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reloads the drum map which is needed for DrumGm2User"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1878 src/commands.c:1881
#, no-c-format
msgid "Convert GM-Drum to User-Drum"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1878 src/commands.c:1881
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Converts between the midi-drum notation and a user-drum notation. The user "
"can set his/her drummap in a template in ~/.denemo/templates or choose any "
"other copy he made of the template file to have drummaps for different "
"drummers avaible."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1890 src/commands.c:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1890 src/commands.c:1893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selects the whole staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1902 src/commands.c:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select All Staffs"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1902 src/commands.c:1905
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selects the whole movement / All staffs"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1914 src/commands.c:1917
#, no-c-format
msgid "MIDI Tempo"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1914 src/commands.c:1917
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sets the (initial) tempo in quarter notes per minute."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1926 src/commands.c:1929
#, no-c-format
msgid "Identify Line Number"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1926 src/commands.c:1929
#, no-c-format
msgid "Identify the line number in which the note is displayed"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1938 src/commands.c:1941
#, no-c-format
msgid "Identify Space Number"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1938 src/commands.c:1941
#, no-c-format
msgid "Identify the space number in which the note is display on"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1950 src/commands.c:1952
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tonal step up"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1950 src/commands.c:1952
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one step up, stay in the "
"keysignature."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1961 src/commands.c:1964
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tonal step down"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1961 src/commands.c:1964
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one step down, stay in the "
"keysignature."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1973 src/commands.c:1976
#, no-c-format
msgid "Close and Reopen Repeat"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1973 src/commands.c:1976
#, no-c-format
msgid "Closes and open repeat block and opens a new one."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1985 src/commands.c:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid "Grace Note (On/Off)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1985 src/commands.c:1987
#, no-c-format
msgid "Transforms the current selected notes into grace notes."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1996 src/commands.c:1998
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cursor Highlighting (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:1996 src/commands.c:1998
#, no-c-format
msgid "Shows up the position of the cursor more clearly (off/on)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2007 src/commands.c:2009
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Deletes a single object at the cursor, an empty measure or the complete "
"selection."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2018 src/commands.c:2020
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go To Measure End"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2018 src/commands.c:2020
#, no-c-format
msgid "Move the Cursor to the end of the measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2027 src/commands.c:2029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Slur with Next Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2027 src/commands.c:2029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Creates a slur from current note to next note."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2038 src/commands.c:2041
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extend Slur"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2038 src/commands.c:2041
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extends the slur finishing at the cursor."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2050 src/commands.c:2053
#, no-c-format
msgid "Shorten Slur from End"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2050 src/commands.c:2053
#, no-c-format
msgid "Shorten a slur that ends at the cursor."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2062 src/commands.c:2065
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Deletes the object at the cursor. For Chords it deletes the chord stage by "
"stage."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2074 src/commands.c:2077
#, no-c-format
msgid "Open Default Template"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2074 src/commands.c:2077
#, no-c-format
msgid "Opens the template Default.denemo in the user's custom template folder."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2086 src/commands.c:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check for Irregular Measures"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2086 src/commands.c:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Checks each measure for complete number of beats, ignoring Anacrusis and "
"ShortMeasure ones. Stops at anything bad."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2098 src/commands.c:2100
#, no-c-format
msgid "Small Size"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2098 src/commands.c:2100
#, no-c-format
msgid "Music after this is printed in a small size."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2109 src/commands.c:2112
#, no-c-format
msgid "Start a First Time Bar"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2109 src/commands.c:2112
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) start a first time bar, must be followed by EndVolta."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2121 src/commands.c:2124
#, no-c-format
msgid "Start a Second Time Bar"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2121 src/commands.c:2124
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) start a second time bar, must be followed by EndVolta"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2133 src/commands.c:2136
#, no-c-format
msgid "End 1st/2nd Time Bar"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2133 src/commands.c:2136
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ends a volta, that is a n'th time bar"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2145 src/commands.c:2148
#, no-c-format
msgid "End Small Size"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2145 src/commands.c:2148
#, no-c-format
msgid "Printing resumes normal size music."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2157 src/commands.c:2160
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert Duplicate Measure After"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2157 src/commands.c:2160
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a copy of the current measure after the present measure."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2169 src/commands.c:2171
#, no-c-format
msgid "Duplicate Note/Chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2169 src/commands.c:2171
#, no-c-format
msgid "Duplicate a note or chord. Not for rests."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2180 src/commands.c:2182
#, no-c-format
msgid "Split Note/Chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2180 src/commands.c:2182
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Split a chord into a specific amount of smaller notes while preserving "
"original duration, generating tuplets if necessary. Not for rests."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2191 src/commands.c:2194
#, no-c-format
msgid "Start Cadenza"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2191 src/commands.c:2194
#, no-c-format
msgid "Turns off barlines etc for cadenza"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2203 src/commands.c:2206
#, no-c-format
msgid "End Cadenza"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2203 src/commands.c:2206
#, no-c-format
msgid "Returns to normal barlines etc after a cadenza"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2215 src/commands.c:2217
#, no-c-format
msgid "Null Operation"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2215 src/commands.c:2217
#, no-c-format
msgid "Does absolutely nothing. Use to \"blank\" a shortcut."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2226 src/commands.c:2228
#, no-c-format
msgid "Merge with Next Measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2226 src/commands.c:2228
#, no-c-format
msgid "Joins two measures together."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2237 src/commands.c:2239
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adjust the Measure Lengths"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2237 src/commands.c:2239
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Removes gaps in duration of measures, redistributes the notes according to "
"the time signature."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2248 src/commands.c:2250
#, no-c-format
msgid "Split Measure at Cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2248 src/commands.c:2250
#, no-c-format
msgid "Split the current measure into two at the cursor."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2259 src/commands.c:2261
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert barline at cursor, Denemo's measure count is unaffected."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2270 src/commands.c:2272
#, no-c-format
msgid "Play from Cursor to End"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2270 src/commands.c:2272
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Playback all staffs from the current cursor position to the end of the "
"movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2281 src/commands.c:2283
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tremolo"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2281 src/commands.c:2283
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Follow with a duration key for the subdivisions required: prints the note at "
"the cursor with the tremolo marking."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2292 src/commands.c:2294
#, no-c-format
msgid "TypesettingOff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2292 src/commands.c:2294
#, no-c-format
msgid "Turns off typesetting from that point until turned on."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2303 src/commands.c:2306
#, no-c-format
msgid "TypesettingOn"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2303 src/commands.c:2306
#, no-c-format
msgid "Turns on typesetting from this point forward in all staffs."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2315 src/commands.c:2317
#, no-c-format
msgid "OpOne"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2315 src/commands.c:2317 src/commands.c:2326
#: src/commands.c:2328 src/commands.c:2337 src/commands.c:2339
#: src/commands.c:2348 src/commands.c:2350 src/commands.c:2359
#: src/commands.c:2361 src/commands.c:2370 src/commands.c:2372
#: src/commands.c:2381 src/commands.c:2383 src/commands.c:2392
#: src/commands.c:2394 src/commands.c:2403 src/commands.c:2405
#: src/commands.c:2414 src/commands.c:2416 src/commands.c:2425
#: src/commands.c:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid "Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2326 src/commands.c:2328
#, no-c-format
msgid "OpTwo"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2337 src/commands.c:2339
#, no-c-format
msgid "OpThree"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2348 src/commands.c:2350
#, no-c-format
msgid "OpFour"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2359 src/commands.c:2361
#, no-c-format
msgid "OpFive"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2370 src/commands.c:2372
#, no-c-format
msgid "OpSix"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2381 src/commands.c:2383
#, no-c-format
msgid "OpSeven"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2392 src/commands.c:2394
#, no-c-format
msgid "OpEight"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2403 src/commands.c:2405
#, no-c-format
msgid "OpNine"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2414 src/commands.c:2416
#, no-c-format
msgid "OpZero"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2425 src/commands.c:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reset Keys in Composer Mode"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2436 src/commands.c:2438 src/entries.h:422
#, no-c-format
msgid "Fingerings"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2436 src/commands.c:2438
#, no-c-format
msgid "Place a fingering instruction on a note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2447 src/commands.c:2449
#, no-c-format
msgid "Arbitrary Text"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2447 src/commands.c:2449
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints your text above the music at this point"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2458 src/commands.c:2461 src/commands.c:2529
#: src/commands.c:2531 src/entries.h:30 src/register_commands.h:29
#, no-c-format
msgid "Octave Up"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2458 src/commands.c:2461
#, no-c-format
msgid "Moves cursor up one octave."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2470 src/commands.c:2473 src/commands.c:2540
#: src/commands.c:2542 src/entries.h:31 src/register_commands.h:30
#, no-c-format
msgid "Octave Down"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2470 src/commands.c:2473
#, no-c-format
msgid "Moves cursor down an octave."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2482 src/commands.c:2485
#, no-c-format
msgid "Typeset Barlines Literally"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2482 src/commands.c:2485
#, no-c-format
msgid "Typesets the Denemo barlines, regardless of the timing."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2494 src/commands.c:2497
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Accidental Printing"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2494 src/commands.c:2497
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Prints accidentals according to a chosen style. Affects following notes only."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2506 src/commands.c:2509
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert Two"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2506 src/commands.c:2509
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Inserts two grace notes at the cursor beaming them together. Follow with a "
"duration key."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2518 src/commands.c:2520
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selection to Next Empty Measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2518 src/commands.c:2520
#, no-c-format
msgid "Creates a selection to the next empty measure in the current staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2529 src/commands.c:2531
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Shifts current notes/selection up one octave while preserving accidental "
"status. This means real transposition"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2540 src/commands.c:2542
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Shifts current notes/selection down one octave while preserving accidental "
"status. This means real transposition"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2551 src/commands.c:2553
#, no-c-format
msgid "Twelve Tone Row"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2551 src/commands.c:2553
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Generates twelve notes of the prevailing duration, each is unique so the "
"whole chromatic range gets inserted in a random manner. "
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2562 src/commands.c:2564
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note from Pool"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2562 src/commands.c:2564
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts one note from a user-specified pool of notes in Lilypond syntax"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2573 src/commands.c:2575
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert Shuffled Pool"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2573 src/commands.c:2575
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Inserts all notes, shuffled, from a user-specified pool of notes in Lilypond "
"syntax"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2584 src/commands.c:2586
#, no-c-format
msgid "Chromatic within Clef Range"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2584 src/commands.c:2586
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert a random note within clef range. Full chromatic spectrum."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2595 src/commands.c:2597
#, no-c-format
msgid "Diatonic within Clef Range"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2595 src/commands.c:2597
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Insert a random note within clef range, only diatonic notes according to "
"current keysignature."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2606 src/commands.c:2608
#, no-c-format
msgid "Grace After"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2606 src/commands.c:2608
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Print the grace note(s) at the cursor attached to the previous note. Beware! "
"You must reissue this command if you change the notes in any way, only the "
"pitch and duration when this command was issued will be printed."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2617 src/commands.c:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Set Bar Number"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2617 src/commands.c:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Enter a number to change the lilypond bar number. The printout will continue "
"to count up from there."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2628 src/commands.c:2631
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set Tuning for Current Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2628 src/commands.c:2631
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time in playback the current staff's tuning will switch to the "
"temperament selected when this command is invoked."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2640 src/commands.c:2643
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set Tuning Across All Staffs"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2640 src/commands.c:2643
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"At this time during playback switch to the temperament set when this command "
"was invoked."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2652 src/commands.c:2654
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Hide Object"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2652 src/commands.c:2654
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Hides the object at cursor position with a lilypond directive. Currently "
"only Notes and the three Signatures. No rests!"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2663 src/commands.c:2665
#, no-c-format
msgid "Breath Mark"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2663 src/commands.c:2665
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a Breath Mark"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2674 src/commands.c:2676
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Don't Engrave Time Signatures"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2674 src/commands.c:2676
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Deactivates the stencil for Time Signatures for the whole score, which "
"prevents them from getting drawn and taking space. But the logic is still "
"active."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2685 src/commands.c:2687
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Stop Drawing Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2685 src/commands.c:2687
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stop drawing the staff and barlines in Lilypond. Notes are still drawn."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2696 src/commands.c:2699
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Start Drawing Staff (Again)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2696 src/commands.c:2699
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reverts the \"Stop Drawing Staff\" command"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2708 src/commands.c:2710
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Stop Drawing Notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2708 src/commands.c:2710
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stops the Lilypond engraving of notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2719 src/commands.c:2722
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Start Drawing Notes (Again)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2719 src/commands.c:2722
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reverts the \"Stop drawing notes\" command"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2731 src/commands.c:2733
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Mensural Barlines (On/Off)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2731 src/commands.c:2733
#, no-c-format
msgid "Draw the barlines only between the staves but not inside."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2742 src/commands.c:2744 src/commands.c:2753
#: src/commands.c:2755 src/commands.c:2808 src/commands.c:2811
#: src/commands.c:2832 src/commands.c:2835
#, no-c-format
msgid "Breve"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2742 src/commands.c:2744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert a Breve"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2753 src/commands.c:2755
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change current note duration to Breve"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2764 src/commands.c:2766 src/commands.c:2775
#: src/commands.c:2777 src/commands.c:2820 src/commands.c:2823
#: src/commands.c:2867 src/commands.c:2870
#, no-c-format
msgid "Longa"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2764 src/commands.c:2766
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert a Longa"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2775 src/commands.c:2777
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change current note duration to Longa"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2786 src/commands.c:2788
#, no-c-format
msgid "Breve Rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2786 src/commands.c:2788
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert a rest with breve duration"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2797 src/commands.c:2799
#, no-c-format
msgid "Longa Rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2797 src/commands.c:2799
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert a rest with longa duration"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2808 src/commands.c:2811
#, no-c-format
msgid "Append/Insert Breve"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2820 src/commands.c:2823
#, no-c-format
msgid "Append/Insert Longa duration"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2832 src/commands.c:2835
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sets Prevailing Duration to Breve"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2844 src/commands.c:2847
#: actions/commandscripts/ScoreProlog.scm:8
#, no-c-format
msgid "LilyPond Score Prolog"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2844 src/commands.c:2847
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts LilyPond syntax for include files etc at head of score."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2856 src/commands.c:2858
#, no-c-format
msgid "Anacrusis (Upbeat, Pickup)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2856 src/commands.c:2858
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Convert the current measure to a partial measure so that it is complete with "
"just the beats already inserted."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2867 src/commands.c:2870
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Sets Longa as the prevailing duration, installing it as a musical snippet."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2879 src/commands.c:2882
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tiny Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2879 src/commands.c:2882
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints current staff in a tiny font."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2891 src/commands.c:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tablature"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2891 src/commands.c:2894
#, no-c-format
msgid "Converts to tablature notation (print only)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2903 src/commands.c:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Standalone Fermata (for Barlines)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2903 src/commands.c:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Adds a standalone fermata which has no playback effect. Can be used to place "
"a Fermata on a barline."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2914 src/commands.c:2917
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set Pitch Bend Controller"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2914 src/commands.c:2917
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Takes two keyboard shortcuts and sets the commands as the actions for Pitch "
"Bend controller wheel up/down"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2926 src/commands.c:2928
#, no-c-format
msgid "Zoom In"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2937 src/commands.c:2939
#, no-c-format
msgid "Zoom Out"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2948 src/commands.c:2950
#, no-c-format
msgid "Zoom to 100%"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2948 src/commands.c:2950
#, no-c-format
msgid "Zoom to 100%, restore the original size"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2959 src/commands.c:2962
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Accompanist's Score"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2959 src/commands.c:2962
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Sets/Unsets the top staff of each movement to a tiny font, with the lower "
"staffs - the accompaniment - at the normal font. Print effect only."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2971 src/commands.c:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete Selected Objects"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2971 src/commands.c:2973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete all selected objects and leave empty measures behind"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2982 src/commands.c:2984
#, no-c-format
msgid "Half Barline"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2982 src/commands.c:2984
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert a barline with only half of its original size"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2993 src/commands.c:2996
#, no-c-format
msgid "Move To Movement Beginning"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:2993 src/commands.c:2996
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Moves the cursor to the beginning of the movement without altering the "
"selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3005 src/commands.c:3007
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert Lilypond"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3005 src/commands.c:3007
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Insert or edit a directive in the LilyPond music typesetting language. This "
"can be used for extra spacing, transposing or almost anything. See LilyPond "
"documentation for ideas."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3016 src/commands.c:3018
#, no-c-format
msgid "Toggle Immediate Playback"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3016 src/commands.c:3018
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Toggle on/off if you want to hear the note directly after inserting/changing."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3027 src/commands.c:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Voice Preset Automatic"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3027 src/commands.c:3029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Automatic voice preset. Resets to normal behaviour."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3038 src/commands.c:3041
#, no-c-format
msgid "Voice Preset 1 (Stems Up)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3038 src/commands.c:3041
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preset for first voice. Stems up"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3050 src/commands.c:3053
#, no-c-format
msgid "Voice Preset 2 (Stems Down)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3050 src/commands.c:3053
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preset for second voice. Stems down."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3062 src/commands.c:3065
#, no-c-format
msgid "Voice Preset 3 (Stems Up)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3062 src/commands.c:3065
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preset for third voice. Stems up."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3074 src/commands.c:3077
#, no-c-format
msgid "Voice Preset 4 (Stems Down)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3074 src/commands.c:3077
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preset for voice four. Stems down."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3086 src/commands.c:3089
#, no-c-format
msgid "Print Accompanist's Score"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3086 src/commands.c:3089
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Prints out the score with the topmost staff in tiny size and puts page "
"breaks before each movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3098 src/commands.c:3101
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tiny Staff in All Movements"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3098 src/commands.c:3101
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Gets a staff number 1 ... n from user and makes that staff tiny in all "
"movements."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3110 src/commands.c:3112
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select Column"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3110 src/commands.c:3112
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selects the whole column"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3121 src/commands.c:3124
#, no-c-format
msgid "Move To Movement End"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3121 src/commands.c:3124
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Move the cursor to last measure, last staff without altering the selection."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3133 src/commands.c:3135
#, no-c-format
msgid "Voice Preset"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3133 src/commands.c:3135
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose a preset for four voices or automatic voice."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3144 src/commands.c:3147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Congruentia"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3144 src/commands.c:3147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Print congruentia / canon symbol"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3156 src/commands.c:3158
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change to 'Select Duration' Number Keys in Composer Mode"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3156 src/commands.c:3158
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Change the number keys to select the prevailing duration in composer mode."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3167 src/commands.c:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select Right"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3167 src/commands.c:3169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create a selection, move the cursor right."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3178 src/commands.c:3181
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select Left"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3178 src/commands.c:3181
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create a selection, move cursor left."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3190 src/commands.c:3192
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert String as Binary Rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3190 src/commands.c:3192
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3201 src/commands.c:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert Reversed String as Binary Rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3201 src/commands.c:3204
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary "
"encoding. The string gets reversed before converting."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3213 src/commands.c:3216
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert String as Reversed Binary Rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3213 src/commands.c:3216
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary "
"encoding. The rhythm for each letter gets reversed before inserting."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3225 src/commands.c:3228
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert Reversed String as Reversed Binary Rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3225 src/commands.c:3228
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary "
"encoding. The string gets reversed before converting. The rhythm for each "
"letter gets reversed before inserting."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3237 src/commands.c:3240
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select Measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3237 src/commands.c:3240
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create a selection for the entire current measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3249 src/commands.c:3252
#, no-c-format
msgid "Move To Previous Empty Measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3249 src/commands.c:3252
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Move the cursor left until it finds an empty measure or the staffs beginning"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3261 src/commands.c:3263
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose Barline"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3261 src/commands.c:3263
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose a barline "
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3272 src/commands.c:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose Typical Time Signature"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3272 src/commands.c:3274
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose from a set of typical time signatures"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3283 src/commands.c:3285 src/entries.h:76
#: src/register_commands.h:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remove Dot"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3283 src/commands.c:3285
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remove one dot for each note in the selection or single note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3294 src/commands.c:3297
#, no-c-format
msgid "Convert MIDI Chords Over Bass"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3294 src/commands.c:3297
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Takes a MIDI recording over a bass line and inserts the chords by matching "
"the bass notes. Each chord must include the bass note."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3306 src/commands.c:3309
#, no-c-format
msgid "Play Along Playback (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3306 src/commands.c:3309
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Turns off play along playback: when this is on the playback does not advance "
"past the cursor unless you play along the correct note via Midi In, or move "
"the mouse over the music to drive the score along."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3318 src/commands.c:3321
#, no-c-format
msgid "Record and Convert"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3318 src/commands.c:3321
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Starts playing the score and recording from MIDI-in. When finished it "
"converts the recording to notation."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3330 src/commands.c:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create Intro"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3330 src/commands.c:3333
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Creates a new staff with a bar for nothing (an intro of the right number of "
"beats)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3342 src/commands.c:3345 src/entries.h:220
#: src/register_commands.h:207
#, no-c-format
msgid "Import Lilypond"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3342 src/commands.c:3345
#, no-c-format
msgid "Try to Import a Lilypond File"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3354 src/commands.c:3357 src/entries.h:221
#: src/register_commands.h:208
#, no-c-format
msgid "Import Midi"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3354 src/commands.c:3357
#, no-c-format
msgid "Try to Imports a Midi File"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3366 src/commands.c:3369 src/entries.h:222
#: src/register_commands.h:209
#, no-c-format
msgid "Import MusicXml"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3366 src/commands.c:3369
#, no-c-format
msgid "Try to Import a MusicXml file"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3378 src/commands.c:3380
#, no-c-format
msgid "GroupStaff Start"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3378 src/commands.c:3380
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. "
"In the StaffGroup context, the group is started with a bracket and bar lines "
"are drawn through all the staves."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3389 src/commands.c:3392
#, no-c-format
msgid "GroupStaff End"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3389 src/commands.c:3392
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stop GroupStaff multi-stave system."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3401 src/commands.c:3404
#, no-c-format
msgid "PianoStaff Start"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3401 src/commands.c:3404
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. "
"The PianoStaff is identical to a GrandStaff, except that it supports "
"printing the instrument name directly."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3413 src/commands.c:3416
#, no-c-format
msgid "PianoStaff End"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3413 src/commands.c:3416
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stop PianoStaff multi-stave system."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3425 src/commands.c:3428
#, no-c-format
msgid "ChoirStaff Start"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3425 src/commands.c:3428
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. "
"In a ChoirStaff, the group starts with a bracket, but bar lines are not "
"connected. "
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3437 src/commands.c:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid "ChoirStaff End"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3437 src/commands.c:3440
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stop ChoirStaff multi-stave system."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3449 src/commands.c:3452
#, no-c-format
msgid "GrandStaff Start"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3449 src/commands.c:3452
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. "
"In a GrandStaff, the group begins with a brace, and bar lines are connected "
"between the staves."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3461 src/commands.c:3464
#, no-c-format
msgid "GrandStaff End"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3461 src/commands.c:3464
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stop GrandStaff multi-stave system."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3473 src/commands.c:3476
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete all staff contexts"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3473 src/commands.c:3476
#, no-c-format
msgid "Clear the staff from all groupings"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3485 src/commands.c:3487
#, no-c-format
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3485 src/commands.c:3487
#, no-c-format
msgid "Default note head style for the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3496 src/commands.c:3499
#, no-c-format
msgid "Baroque"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3496 src/commands.c:3499
#, no-c-format
msgid "Baroque note head style for the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3508 src/commands.c:3511
#, no-c-format
msgid "Neomensural"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3508 src/commands.c:3511
#, no-c-format
msgid "Neomensural note head style for the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3520 src/commands.c:3523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mensural"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3520 src/commands.c:3523
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mensural note head style for the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3532 src/commands.c:3535
#, no-c-format
msgid "Petrucci"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3532 src/commands.c:3535
#, no-c-format
msgid "Petrucci note head style for the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3544 src/commands.c:3547
#, no-c-format
msgid "Harmonic note head style for the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3556 src/commands.c:3559 src/commands.c:3568
#: src/commands.c:3571
#, no-c-format
msgid "Harmonic-black"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3556 src/commands.c:3559 src/commands.c:3568
#: src/commands.c:3571
#, no-c-format
msgid "Harmonic-black note head style for the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3580 src/commands.c:3583
#, no-c-format
msgid "Diamond note head style for the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3592 src/commands.c:3595
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cross note head style for the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3604 src/commands.c:3607
#, no-c-format
msgid "Xcircle"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3604 src/commands.c:3607
#, no-c-format
msgid "Xcircle note head style for the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3616 src/commands.c:3619
#, no-c-format
msgid "Slash"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3616 src/commands.c:3619
#, no-c-format
msgid "Slash note head style for the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3628 src/commands.c:3631
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete Movement Notehead Settings"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3628 src/commands.c:3631
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Delete note head style of this movement. Reset to whatever Score or Lilypond "
"has set as default."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3640 src/commands.c:3642
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whole tone up"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3640 src/commands.c:3642
#, no-c-format
msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one whole tone up"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3651 src/commands.c:3654
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whole tone down"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3651 src/commands.c:3654
#, no-c-format
msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one whole tone down"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3663 src/commands.c:3666
#, no-c-format
msgid "Half tone up"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3663 src/commands.c:3666
#, no-c-format
msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one half tone up"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3675 src/commands.c:3678
#, no-c-format
msgid "Half tone down"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3675 src/commands.c:3678
#, no-c-format
msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one half tone down"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3687 src/commands.c:3690
#, no-c-format
msgid "Join music objects"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3687 src/commands.c:3690
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Joins all notes, chords and rests in the selection and inserts a new, longer "
"note instead. May create tied notes. Uses the cursor position as pitch."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3699 src/commands.c:3702
#, no-c-format
msgid "Arbitrary transpose up"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3699 src/commands.c:3702
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones "
"up. User can specify interval through a dialog."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3711 src/commands.c:3714
#, no-c-format
msgid "Arbitrary transpose down"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3711 src/commands.c:3714
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones "
"down. User can specify interval through a dialog."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3723 src/commands.c:3725
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Perfect 1st above base"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3723 src/commands.c:3725
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a perfect prime as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3734 src/commands.c:3737
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Major 2nd above base"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3734 src/commands.c:3737
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a major second as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3746 src/commands.c:3749
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Minor 2nd above base"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3746 src/commands.c:3749
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a minor second as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3758 src/commands.c:3761
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Major 3rd above base"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3758 src/commands.c:3761
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a major third as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3770 src/commands.c:3773
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Minor 3rd above base "
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3770 src/commands.c:3773
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a minor third as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3782 src/commands.c:3785
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Perfect 4th above base"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3782 src/commands.c:3785
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a perfect fourth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3794 src/commands.c:3797
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Augmented 4th above base "
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3794 src/commands.c:3797
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Add a tritone/augmented fourth as chordnote relative to the lowest note "
"upwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3806 src/commands.c:3809
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Diminished 5th above base"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3806 src/commands.c:3809
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Add a diminished fifth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3818 src/commands.c:3821
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Perfect 5th above base"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3818 src/commands.c:3821
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a perfect fifth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3830 src/commands.c:3833
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Major 6th above base"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3830 src/commands.c:3833
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a major sixth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3842 src/commands.c:3845
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Minor 6th above base"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3842 src/commands.c:3845
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a minor sixth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3854 src/commands.c:3857
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Major 7th above base"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3854 src/commands.c:3857
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a major seventh as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3866 src/commands.c:3869
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Minor 7th above base"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3866 src/commands.c:3869
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a minor seventh as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3878 src/commands.c:3880
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Perfect 1st below top"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3878 src/commands.c:3880
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Add a perfect prime as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3889 src/commands.c:3892
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Major 2nd below top"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3889 src/commands.c:3892
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a major second as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3901 src/commands.c:3904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Minor 2nd below top"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3901 src/commands.c:3904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a minor second as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3913 src/commands.c:3916
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Major 3rd below top"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3913 src/commands.c:3916
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a major third as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3925 src/commands.c:3928
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Minor 3rd below top"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3925 src/commands.c:3928
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a minor third as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3937 src/commands.c:3940
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Perfect 4th below top"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3937 src/commands.c:3940
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Add a perfect fourth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3949 src/commands.c:3952
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Augmented 4th below top"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3949 src/commands.c:3952
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Add a augmented fourth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3961 src/commands.c:3964
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Diminished 5th below top"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3961 src/commands.c:3964
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Add a tritone/diminished fifth as chordnote relative to the highest note "
"downwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3973 src/commands.c:3976
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Perfect 5th below top"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3973 src/commands.c:3976
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Add a perfect fifth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3985 src/commands.c:3988
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Major 6th below top"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3985 src/commands.c:3988
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a major sixth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3997 src/commands.c:4000
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Minor 6th below top"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:3997 src/commands.c:4000
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a minor sixth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4009 src/commands.c:4012
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Major 7th below top"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4009 src/commands.c:4012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Add a major seventh as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4021 src/commands.c:4024
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Minor 7th below top"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4021 src/commands.c:4024
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Add a minor seventh as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4033 src/commands.c:4036
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create Chords Over Bass Line"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4033 src/commands.c:4036
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Place the cursor on a bass note and invoke this command. It creates a treble "
"staff above and for each note in the bass staff, as you play it, it switches "
"to the treble staff and allows you to enter a chord. Use the Pitch Bend "
"wheel to stop/start the process. Hold a chord while moving to the next bass "
"note to extend the chord over more than one bass note."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4045 src/commands.c:4047 src/entries.h:364
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4045 src/commands.c:4047
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a note in the prevailing duration."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4056 src/commands.c:4059
#, no-c-format
msgid "Join music objects to new chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4056 src/commands.c:4059
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Joins all notes, chords and rests in the selection and inserts all selected "
"notes as chord. May create tied notes."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4068 src/commands.c:4070
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reverse Selected Objects"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4068 src/commands.c:4070
#, no-c-format
msgid "Revert selected objects"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4079 src/commands.c:4082
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mirror Selected Objects (Axis=Cursor)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4079 src/commands.c:4082
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mirror the selected notes. Axis is the cursor position."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4091 src/commands.c:4094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Shuffle Selected Objects"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4091 src/commands.c:4094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Shuffle the selected objects"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4103 src/commands.c:4106
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sort Selection (Ascending)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4103 src/commands.c:4106
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sort all notes in the selection, ascending order."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4115 src/commands.c:4118
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sort Selection (Descending)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4115 src/commands.c:4118
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sort all notes in the selection, descending order."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4127 src/commands.c:4129
#, no-c-format
msgid "Handel's Figured Bass Exercises"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4127 src/commands.c:4129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Allows you to play in chords - a continuo realization - to Handel's continuo-"
"practice exercises. Your continuo realization can optionally be marked to "
"show consecutives."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4138 src/commands.c:4141
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create Parts"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4138 src/commands.c:4141
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create three parts from the current staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4150 src/commands.c:4153
#, no-c-format
msgid "Simplify Ties"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4150 src/commands.c:4153
#, no-c-format
msgid "Converts tied notes to longer notes and removes spurious ties."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4162 src/commands.c:4165
#, no-c-format
msgid "Paste and Replace Selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4162 src/commands.c:4165
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Paste the clipboard. Replace any selected objects. This paste-version also "
"creates new barlines instead of strictly using the copied ones."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4174 src/commands.c:4177
#, no-c-format
msgid "Begin Phrasing Slur"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4174 src/commands.c:4177
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Begin a phrasing slur on the current note. You can have normal slurs "
"(partially) inside a phrasing slur."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4186 src/commands.c:4189
#, no-c-format
msgid "End Phrasing Slur"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4186 src/commands.c:4189
#, no-c-format
msgid "End a phrasing slur on the current note."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4198 src/commands.c:4200
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change Chordmember to Quarter "
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4198 src/commands.c:4200
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Change one chord member to appear like a quarter-note duration without "
"changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of "
"newly added chord members."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4209 src/commands.c:4212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change chord-member to half note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4209 src/commands.c:4212
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Change one chord member to appear like a half-note duration without changing "
"the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added "
"chord members."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4221 src/commands.c:4224
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change chord-member to whole note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4221 src/commands.c:4224
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Change one chord member to appear like a whole-note duration without "
"changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of "
"newly added chord members."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4233 src/commands.c:4236
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change chord-member to breve"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4233 src/commands.c:4236
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Change one chord member to appear like a breve duration without changing the "
"original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord "
"members."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4245 src/commands.c:4248
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change chord-member to longa"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4245 src/commands.c:4248
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Change one chord member to appear like a longa duration without changing the "
"original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord "
"members."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4257 src/commands.c:4259
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change Enharmonic +"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4257 src/commands.c:4259
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Shift through enharmonic variants of the same sounding note in the direction "
"of higher diatonic base notes."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4268 src/commands.c:4271
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change Enharmonic -"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4268 src/commands.c:4271
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Switch through enharmonic variants of the same sounding note in the "
"direction of lower diatonic base notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4280 src/commands.c:4283
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set Thumbnail from Selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4280 src/commands.c:4283
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sets the thumbnail to the section made in the first movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4292 src/commands.c:4295
#, no-c-format
msgid "Limit Space Between Systems"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4292 src/commands.c:4295
#, no-c-format
msgid "Limits the extent to which the lines are spaced apart to fill the page."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4304 src/commands.c:4307
#, no-c-format
msgid "Print Bass Part Omitting Figures"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4304 src/commands.c:4307
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints the Bass part omitting any figured bass figures."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4316 src/commands.c:4319
#, no-c-format
msgid "Even Up the Staffs"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4316 src/commands.c:4319
#, no-c-format
msgid "Appends empty measures to any staffs that are too short."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4328 src/commands.c:4331
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check Score"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4328 src/commands.c:4331
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Checks score for wrong measure durations, unterminated tuplets, slurs, wrong "
"ties etc."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4340 src/commands.c:4343
#, no-c-format
msgid "Fix Slurs"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4340 src/commands.c:4343
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Removes incorrectly placed slur start/end markers on current voice/staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4352 src/commands.c:4355
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check Tuplets"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4352 src/commands.c:4355
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checks that start/end tuplets match in the current measure."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4364 src/commands.c:4367
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check Ties"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4364 src/commands.c:4367
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checks for wrongly tied notes in the current voice/staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4376 src/commands.c:4379
#: actions/commandscripts/MergeRests.scm:10
#, no-c-format
msgid "Merge Rests"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4376 src/commands.c:4379
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"(Print) Merges rests where two voices have a common rest. Not for whole "
"measure or multi-measure rests."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4388 src/commands.c:4391
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete Beaming Directive"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4388 src/commands.c:4391
#, no-c-format
msgid "Deletes a ] or [ (end or start beam) directive on the current chord."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4400 src/commands.c:4403
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stop Beaming"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4400 src/commands.c:4403
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print)Stop automatic beaming from current position in score."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4412 src/commands.c:4415
#, no-c-format
msgid "Start Beaming"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4412 src/commands.c:4415
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"(Print) Start automatic beaming at this point in score. (Used after turning "
"beaming off)."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4424 src/commands.c:4427
#, no-c-format
msgid "Capture Measures (Score)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4424 src/commands.c:4427
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Creates blank measures one for each measure captured as a screenshot from a "
"source score. Display the source score using any program. Click on opposite "
"corners of each measure in turn to capture that measure as an image into "
"Denemo. Right-click or scroll-wheel to switch corners to adjust. Press any "
"key to finish. This command is for capturing in score form; to underlay each "
"part with its own source measure use CaptureMeasuresPartPerStaff "
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4436 src/commands.c:4439
#, no-c-format
msgid "Capture Measures (one staff)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4436 src/commands.c:4439
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Creates blank measures one for each measure captured as a screenshot from "
"one of a set of parts. Display the source score on the screen using any "
"program. Click on opposite corners of each measure in turn to capture that "
"measure as an image into Denemo. Right-click or scroll-wheel to switch "
"corners to adjust. Press any key to finish. This command is for capturing in "
"parts form; to capture in full score use  CaptureMeasures command"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4448 src/commands.c:4451
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete Captured Measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4448 src/commands.c:4451
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Deletes the captured image of the source measure for the current measure."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4460 src/commands.c:4463
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete Captured Measure."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4460 src/commands.c:4463
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Deletes the captured measure image for the current measure of the current "
"staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4472 src/commands.c:4475
#, no-c-format
msgid "LilyPond Score Block Prolog"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4472 src/commands.c:4475
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts LilyPond at the start of every score block (movement)."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4484 src/commands.c:4487
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use Normal Beam Endings"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4484 src/commands.c:4487
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ends beams in the expected places (print)."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4496 src/commands.c:4499
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduce Space Between Systems"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4496 src/commands.c:4499
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reduces the gap between the systems of staffs on a page."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4508 src/commands.c:4511
#, no-c-format
msgid "Un-Grace After"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4508 src/commands.c:4511
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Make the grace note at the cursor closer to the following rather than "
"preceding note."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4520 src/commands.c:4523 src/commands.c:4532
#: src/commands.c:4535
#, no-c-format
msgid "Capture and Insert One Measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4520 src/commands.c:4523
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capture the image of a single measure (as screenshot) inserting at the "
"current measure."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4532 src/commands.c:4535
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Capture the image of a single measure (as screenshot) inserting at the "
"current measure in the current staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4544 src/commands.c:4547
#, no-c-format
msgid "Shift Pitch"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4544 src/commands.c:4547
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Outputs a pitch bend signal to the synthesizer for the value +/- 64 given."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4556 src/commands.c:4559
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ottava"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4556 src/commands.c:4559
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Inserts an 8va mark (transposing the notes accordingly) or terminates one "
"already started."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4568 src/commands.c:4571
#, no-c-format
msgid "Displace Rest Vertically"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4568 src/commands.c:4571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Turns the rest at the cursor into a polyphonic rest at the cursor height."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4580 src/commands.c:4583
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show Last Change"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4580 src/commands.c:4583
#, no-c-format
msgid "Shows the last change recorded on the Undo stack."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4592 src/commands.c:4595
#, no-c-format
msgid "Foot Pedal Conductor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4592 src/commands.c:4595
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Press the foot pedal at the start of each measure. The bar number is "
"displayed and the beats are interpolated following the timesignature set. "
"Two quick presses of the foot pedal stops the conductor."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4604 src/commands.c:4607
#, no-c-format
msgid "Print with Ambitus"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4604 src/commands.c:4607
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Prints the score printing the range (ambitus) of each part at the start of "
"the staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4616 src/commands.c:4619
#, no-c-format
msgid "No Horizontal Shifts"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4616 src/commands.c:4619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Turns off horizontal displacement of notes (which avoid collisions between "
"parts)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4628 src/commands.c:4631
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use Horizontal Shifts"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4628 src/commands.c:4631
#, no-c-format
msgid "Turns on horizontal displacements of notes where needed."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4640 src/commands.c:4643
#, no-c-format
msgid "Staff to Voice"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4640 src/commands.c:4643
#, no-c-format
msgid "The current staff will be typeset as a voice on the staff above."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4652 src/commands.c:4655
#, no-c-format
msgid "Voice to Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4652 src/commands.c:4655
#, no-c-format
msgid "The current voice will be typeset on its own staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4664 src/commands.c:4666
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4664 src/commands.c:4666
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) the current voice moves to the staff you name."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4675 src/commands.c:4678 src/entries.h:283
#: src/register_commands.h:265
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Voice"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4675 src/commands.c:4678
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Adds a voice to the current staff, initially displayed on a staff of its "
"own, for readability. It will print on the staff above, and can be displayed "
"there using Join Voices command if desired."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4687 src/commands.c:4690
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Omit Barline"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4687 src/commands.c:4690
#, no-c-format
msgid "Skips the printing of any automatic barline here - allows line break."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4699 src/commands.c:4702 src/commands.c:4711
#: src/commands.c:4714 src/commands.c:4723 src/commands.c:4726
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Hide"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4699 src/commands.c:4702
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On printing, omit the key signature change at the cursor, or the initial key "
"signature if the cursor is not on a key signature change."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4711 src/commands.c:4714
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On printing, omit the time signature change at the cursor, or the initial "
"time signature if the cursor is not on a time signature change."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4723 src/commands.c:4726
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On printing, omit the clef change at the cursor, or the initial clef if the "
"cursor is not on a clef change."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4735 src/commands.c:4738
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Hide Barlines"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4735 src/commands.c:4738
#, no-c-format
msgid "Omits barlines when printing."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4747 src/commands.c:4750
#, no-c-format
msgid "Point and Click (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4747 src/commands.c:4750
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"When on, clicking on a note in the Print Preview window takes the cursor to "
"that note. This works also for Rehearsal Marks and many other objects in the "
"score. The only reason to turn it off is for export to PDF file via the "
"Export menu. However, using print to file is a better way of doing this as "
"then it is not needed."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4759 src/commands.c:4762
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Shift Object"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4759 src/commands.c:4762
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Asks for horizontal and vertical offsets and inserts a directive to displace "
"the object at the cursor on printing."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4771 src/commands.c:4774
#, no-c-format
msgid "Displace Rest Horizontally"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4771 src/commands.c:4774
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Asks for a horizontal shift and moves the rest at the cursor by that much "
"when printing."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4783 src/commands.c:4786
#, no-c-format
msgid "Refresh Dynamic Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4783 src/commands.c:4786
#, no-c-format
msgid "Re-runs any directives that may have become stale."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4795 src/commands.c:4798
#, no-c-format
msgid "LilyPond Include File"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4795 src/commands.c:4798
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Allows specification of a LilyPond include file from the Denemo provided "
"include files."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4807 src/commands.c:4810
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints a title on title page"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4819 src/commands.c:4821
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints the arranger name on title page"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4830 src/commands.c:4832
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints a copyright notice on title page"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4841 src/commands.c:4843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints a composer name on title page"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4852 src/commands.c:4854
#, no-c-format
msgid "Poet/Lyricist"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4852 src/commands.c:4854
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints the poet or lyricist name on title page"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4863 src/commands.c:4865
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Prints title for the current movement, which will get a page reference in a "
"table of contents."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4874 src/commands.c:4876
#, no-c-format
msgid "Heading"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4874 src/commands.c:4876
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints a heading in upper case for the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4885 src/commands.c:4887
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sub-Title"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4885 src/commands.c:4887
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints a subtitle for the current movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4896 src/commands.c:4898
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints a piece name for the Movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4907 src/commands.c:4910
#: actions/commandscripts/TocTitle.scm:9
#, no-c-format
msgid "Table of Contents Title"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4907 src/commands.c:4910
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Gives a heading for a table of contents, inserting the table in the book."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4919 src/commands.c:4922
#, no-c-format
msgid "Display Only Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4919 src/commands.c:4922
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Inserts a clef that affects only the display, not the printed form. Use this "
"if, after a Change Staff, the staff the voice will be on is in a different "
"clef (avoiding too many ledger lines in the display, making it hard to "
"read). Also useful to display in a familiar clef music which you want to be "
"printed in a less familiar one (e.g. display in treble or bass clef music to "
"be printed for viola)."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4931 src/commands.c:4933
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Re)Create Epilog - Critical Commentary"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4931 src/commands.c:4933
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Collects together any critical comments from the score and places them in an "
"epilog at the end of the music. The Title and text of the Epilog are created "
"with the CriticalCommentaryIntro command, and critical comments are added "
"with the CriticalComment command."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4942 src/commands.c:4945
#: actions/commandscripts/CriticalComment.scm:9
#: actions/commandscripts/CriticalComment.scm:25
#, no-c-format
msgid "Critical Comment"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4942 src/commands.c:4945
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Adds a comment which can be printed in a critical commentary at the end of "
"all the movements (see CriticalCommentary command to create this)."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4954 src/commands.c:4957
#, no-c-format
msgid "Allow Line Break"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4954 src/commands.c:4957
#, no-c-format
msgid "Permits the typesetter to break the line at this point."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4966 src/commands.c:4969
#, no-c-format
msgid "Title and Introduction"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4966 src/commands.c:4969
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A button is created for putting a title and introductory text for a critical "
"commentary at the end of the score."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4978 src/commands.c:4981
#, no-c-format
msgid "Date"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4978 src/commands.c:4981
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints a date on the title page."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4990 src/commands.c:4993
#, no-c-format
msgid "Neo-mensural"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:4990 src/commands.c:4993
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints note with neomensural style notehead."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5002 src/commands.c:5005
#, no-c-format
msgid "Force Note Shift"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5002 src/commands.c:5005
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"On printing the current note/chord will be shifted from notes in other "
"voices by the amount you give. Use with Voice Presets to ensure this chord "
"is in a different voice."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5014 src/commands.c:5017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Suggest Sharp"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5014 src/commands.c:5017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints a sharp above the note at the cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5026 src/commands.c:5029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Suggest Flat"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5026 src/commands.c:5029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints flat sign over the note at the cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5038 src/commands.c:5041
#, no-c-format
msgid "Suggest Natural"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5038 src/commands.c:5041
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints a natural over the note at the cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5050 src/commands.c:5053
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create Parts (Treble First)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5050 src/commands.c:5053
#, no-c-format
msgid "Creates a set of parts extracting the highest part first."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5062 src/commands.c:5065
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check Chords (On/Off)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5062 src/commands.c:5065
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Advances through the current movement as you play the notes, stopping for "
"wrong or missing notes in MIDI in."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5074 src/commands.c:5077
#, no-c-format
msgid "Print Two Parts as Cue for Accompanist"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5074 src/commands.c:5077
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints the top two staffs on a single staff as cue."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5086 src/commands.c:5089
#: actions/commandscripts/TaglineLink.scm:4
#: actions/commandscripts/TaglineLink.scm:5
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tagline with Link"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5086 src/commands.c:5089
#, no-c-format
msgid "Creates a tagline with a link in PDF output."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5098 src/commands.c:5100 src/commands.c:5327
#: src/commands.c:5330
#, no-c-format
msgid "Marcato (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5098 src/commands.c:5100
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord marcato"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5109 src/commands.c:5112
#, no-c-format
msgid "Print Part with Title Page"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5109 src/commands.c:5112
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints part with part name on title page"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5121 src/commands.c:5124
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord accented"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5133 src/commands.c:5136
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord staccato"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5145 src/commands.c:5148 src/commands.c:5375
#: src/commands.c:5378
#, no-c-format
msgid "Fermata (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5145 src/commands.c:5148
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord with a fermata"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5157 src/commands.c:5160
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord Tenuto"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5169 src/commands.c:5172
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark chord as Staccatissimo"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5181 src/commands.c:5184 src/commands.c:5339
#: src/commands.c:5342
#, no-c-format
msgid "UpBow (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5181 src/commands.c:5184
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with an Up Bow"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5193 src/commands.c:5196 src/commands.c:5351
#: src/commands.c:5354
#, no-c-format
msgid "DownBow (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5193 src/commands.c:5196
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with a Down Bow"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5205 src/commands.c:5208 src/commands.c:5363
#: src/commands.c:5366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Harmonic (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5205 src/commands.c:5208
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with a harmonic"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5217 src/commands.c:5219
#, no-c-format
msgid " ⏜ 𝅝"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5217 src/commands.c:5219
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a 𝅝 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5228 src/commands.c:5230
#, no-c-format
msgid " ⏜ 𝅗𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5228 src/commands.c:5230
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a 𝅗𝅥 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5239 src/commands.c:5241
#, no-c-format
msgid " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5239 src/commands.c:5241
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5250 src/commands.c:5252
#, no-c-format
msgid " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5250 src/commands.c:5252
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5261 src/commands.c:5263
#, no-c-format
msgid " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5261 src/commands.c:5263
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5272 src/commands.c:5274
#, no-c-format
msgid " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5272 src/commands.c:5274
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5283 src/commands.c:5285
#, no-c-format
msgid " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5283 src/commands.c:5285
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅱 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5294 src/commands.c:5296
#, no-c-format
msgid " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5294 src/commands.c:5296
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅲 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5305 src/commands.c:5307
#, no-c-format
msgid " ⏜ 𝅜"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5305 src/commands.c:5307
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a 𝅜 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5316 src/commands.c:5318
#, no-c-format
msgid " ⏜ 𝅛"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5316 src/commands.c:5318
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a 𝅛 and slurs to it, extending previous slur."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5327 src/commands.c:5330
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes marcato"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5339 src/commands.c:5342
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or note with UpBow"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5351 src/commands.c:5354
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark selection or current object"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5363 src/commands.c:5366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or object with a harmonic"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5375 src/commands.c:5378
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or object with a fermata"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5387 src/commands.c:5389
#, no-c-format
msgid "Trill (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5387 src/commands.c:5389
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adds/Removes a trill to the note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5398 src/commands.c:5400
#, no-c-format
msgid "Turn (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5398 src/commands.c:5400
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adds/Removes a turn to the note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5409 src/commands.c:5411
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mordent (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5409 src/commands.c:5411
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adds/Removes a Mordent to the note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5420 src/commands.c:5422
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prall (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5420 src/commands.c:5422
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adds/Removes a prall to the note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5431 src/commands.c:5433
#, no-c-format
msgid "Up Prall (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5431 src/commands.c:5433
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adds/Removes Up Prall ornament"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5442 src/commands.c:5444
#, no-c-format
msgid "PrallPrall (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5442 src/commands.c:5444
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adds/Removes a PrallPrall to the note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5453 src/commands.c:5456
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reverse Turn (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5453 src/commands.c:5456
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add/Removes a Reverse Turn to the note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5465 src/commands.c:5468
#, no-c-format
msgid "No Beam"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5465 src/commands.c:5468
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Removes beam from current note"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5477 src/commands.c:5479 src/commands.c:5488
#: src/commands.c:5491
#, no-c-format
msgid "Portato (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5477 src/commands.c:5479
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord Portato"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5488 src/commands.c:5491
#, no-c-format
msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Portato"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5500 src/commands.c:5502
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stopped (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5500 src/commands.c:5502
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes stopped"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5511 src/commands.c:5513 src/commands.c:5522
#: src/commands.c:5524
#, no-c-format
msgid "Arpeggio (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5511 src/commands.c:5513
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with an arpeggio"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5522 src/commands.c:5524
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes arpeggio"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5533 src/commands.c:5536
#, no-c-format
msgid "♯"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5533 src/commands.c:5536
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Sharpens the key signature by one degree. If no key signature at cursor, "
"sharpens the initial key signature."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5545 src/commands.c:5548
#, no-c-format
msgid "♭"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5545 src/commands.c:5548
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Flattens the key signature by one degree. If no key signature at the cursor, "
"operates on the initial key signature."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5557 src/commands.c:5559
#, no-c-format
msgid "Follow Link to Source"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5557 src/commands.c:5559
#, no-c-format
msgid "Follows the link at the cursor to a source document."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5568 src/commands.c:5571
#, no-c-format
msgid "Replace LilyPond"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5568 src/commands.c:5571
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Suppresses the normal LilyPond typetting for the current note/chord/rest "
"replacing it with syntax provided by user."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5580 src/commands.c:5583
#, no-c-format
msgid "Open Source for Transcribing"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5580 src/commands.c:5583
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Opens a dialog to fetch a source facsimile or manuscript. Links can be "
"placed in the Denemo score to this source file so that the source passage "
"for a given bar can be re-displayed when reviewing the score."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5592 src/commands.c:5595
#, no-c-format
msgid "Print Three Parts as Cue for Accompanist"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5592 src/commands.c:5595
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints top three parts on one staff as cues."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5604 src/commands.c:5607
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create Cues"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5604 src/commands.c:5607
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Goes through the staff looking for long rests. Creates a cue in the whole "
"measure rest."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5616 src/commands.c:5619
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Groups of whole measure rests of three or more are changed to multi-measure "
"rests for the whole staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5628 src/commands.c:5631
#, no-c-format
msgid "Open Source Audio"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5628 src/commands.c:5631
#, no-c-format
msgid "Opens an audio file which will be mixed with the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5640 src/commands.c:5643
#, no-c-format
msgid "Synchronize Audio"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5640 src/commands.c:5643
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Plays the audio attached to the current movement. Creates a timing bar for "
"each space bar press. Music written in the staffs below will synchronize "
"with the audio."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5652 src/commands.c:5655
#, no-c-format
msgid "Close Source Audio File"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5652 src/commands.c:5655
#, no-c-format
msgid "Drops the audio track attached to the current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5664 src/commands.c:5667
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Print) Single Digit (On/Off)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5664 src/commands.c:5667
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Makes the time signature at the cursor single digit; if no time signature at "
"cursor applies to initial timesig of staff. Operates as On/Off toggle."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5676 src/commands.c:5679
#, no-c-format
msgid "Chords for Bar"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5676 src/commands.c:5679
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Plays the context of the current bar. Then listens for you to play each note "
"in current bar with added chord(s). As you do this it notates the chords on "
"a staff above. When the bar is finished it re-plays the bar. Allows you to "
"repeat (pitch bend down) or go on to next bar (pitch bend up)."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5688 src/commands.c:5691
#, no-c-format
msgid "Grace/UnGrace"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5688 src/commands.c:5691
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Changes the note at the cursor to/from being a grace note. Gives audio "
"feedback."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5700 src/commands.c:5703
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignore for Current Layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5700 src/commands.c:5703
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The Denemo Directive at the cursor will be ignored when printing from the "
"current score layout (See View->Score Layout)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5712 src/commands.c:5715
#, no-c-format
msgid "Exclusive to Current Layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5712 src/commands.c:5715
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The Denemo Directive at the cursor will only apply to the current Score "
"Layout (see View->Score Layout)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5724 src/commands.c:5727
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reset for All Layouts"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5724 src/commands.c:5727
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Clears conditional behaviour of this layout. The Directive will apply to all "
"score layouts."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5736 src/commands.c:5739
#, no-c-format
msgid "Initial Voice One"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5736 src/commands.c:5739
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice one (this affects stems "
"up, slurs etc on printing)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5748 src/commands.c:5751
#, no-c-format
msgid "Initial Voice Two"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5748 src/commands.c:5751
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice two (this affects stems "
"down, slurs etc on printing)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5760 src/commands.c:5763
#, no-c-format
msgid "Initial Voice Three"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5760 src/commands.c:5763
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice three (this affects stems "
"up, slurs etc on printing)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5772 src/commands.c:5775
#, no-c-format
msgid "Initial Voice Four"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5772 src/commands.c:5775
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice four (this affects stems "
"down, slurs etc on printing)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5784 src/commands.c:5787
#, no-c-format
msgid "Initial Automatic Voice"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5784 src/commands.c:5787
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Undoes the effect of the VoiceOne, Two ... commands. The voice has variable "
"stem direction, slur placement etc."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5796 src/commands.c:5799
#, no-c-format
msgid "Instrumentation"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5796 src/commands.c:5799
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Prints the instrumentation on the title page. This can be edited for layouts "
"that print just one part or section."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5808 src/commands.c:5810
#, no-c-format
msgid "New Staff After Current"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5808 src/commands.c:5810
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Creates a new staff with the given name, after the current staff. Use the "
"staff to voice command if you want to make this staff a voice on the "
"previous staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5819 src/commands.c:5821
#, no-c-format
msgid "New Staff Before Current"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5819 src/commands.c:5821
#, no-c-format
msgid "Creates a new staff with the given name, before the current staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5830 src/commands.c:5833
#, no-c-format
msgid "Help for Return Keypress"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5830 src/commands.c:5833
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Does nothing except explain what the Return key is used for in Denemo, and "
"how to make it an ordinary shortcut if you prefer."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5842 src/commands.c:5845
#, no-c-format
msgid "Turn Excessive Tooltips (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5842 src/commands.c:5845
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Sets your status as a newbie on or off. This affects the tooltips.\n"
"Note you can also delay tooltips, indefinitely if you wish, via the "
"preferences dialog. See Edit->Change Preferences->Command Behaviour"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5854 src/commands.c:5856
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note Names Default Action"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5854 src/commands.c:5856
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Changes the shortcuts for note names a, b, c, d, e, f, g so that they edit "
"the note at the cursor, or append a note when in the appending position."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5865 src/commands.c:5867
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note Names Move Cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5865 src/commands.c:5867
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Changes the shortcuts for note names a, b, c, d, e, f, g so that they move "
"the cursor to the nearest note of that name."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5876 src/commands.c:5878
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mouse Note Insertion"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5876 src/commands.c:5878
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Changes the mouse use when CapsLock is on: left click inserts note in the "
"prevailing duration. The shortcuts for number keys 0, 1, 2 ... are set to "
"change the prevailing duration."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5887 src/commands.c:5889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mouse Default Action"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5887 src/commands.c:5889
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Mouse left click positions the cursor, right click edits, left-click with "
"caps-lock does nothing.."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5898 src/commands.c:5901
#, no-c-format
msgid "Dot"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5898 src/commands.c:5901
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Adds a dot to the note/rest/chord at the cursor, or removes them if double "
"dotted."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5910 src/commands.c:5912
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose Voice"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5910 src/commands.c:5912
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The Voice 1,2,3,4 commands set up the voices so that first and third voices "
"get stems up, second and fourth voices get stems down, third and fourth "
"voice note heads are horizontally shifted, and rests in the respective "
"voices are automatically moved to avoid collisions. The Automatic Voice "
"command returns all the voice settings to the neutral default directions"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5921 src/commands.c:5924
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set Staff Size"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5921 src/commands.c:5924
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Sets the size of the staff on printing relative to the default 0. Value -3 "
"is tiny 3 is large."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5933 src/commands.c:5936
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose Initial Voice"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5933 src/commands.c:5936
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Choose which voice this staff will initially be set to. To change voice "
"during music see the Directives->Voices menu."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5945 src/commands.c:5948
#, no-c-format
msgid "Incipit from Selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5945 src/commands.c:5948
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Creates an incipit from the selection. This music will be printed on the "
"title page. Only one voice is supported."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5957 src/commands.c:5960
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints All Layouts"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5957 src/commands.c:5960
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints the score using all the defined score layouts."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5969 src/commands.c:5972
#, no-c-format
msgid "Dal Segno"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5969 src/commands.c:5972
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints Dal Segno below the chord at the cursor."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5981 src/commands.c:5984
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whole Measure Repeat"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5981 src/commands.c:5984
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserts a whole measure repeat sign."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5993 src/commands.c:5996
#, no-c-format
msgid "One Beam Right"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:5993 src/commands.c:5996
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints with just one beam linking to the right."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6005 src/commands.c:6008
#, no-c-format
msgid "One Beam Left"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6005 src/commands.c:6008
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints with just one beam linking to left."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6017 src/commands.c:6019
#, no-c-format
msgid "Two Beams Right"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6017 src/commands.c:6019
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints with just two beams linking to the right."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6028 src/commands.c:6030
#, no-c-format
msgid "Two Beams Left"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6028 src/commands.c:6030
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints with just two beams linking to the left."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6039 src/commands.c:6041
#, no-c-format
msgid "Three Beams Right"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6039 src/commands.c:6041
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints with just three beams linking to the right."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6050 src/commands.c:6052
#, no-c-format
msgid "Three Beams Left"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6050 src/commands.c:6052
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints with just three beams linking to the left."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6061 src/commands.c:6064
#, no-c-format
msgid "Custos (On/Off)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6061 src/commands.c:6064
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Prints a custos at the end of each line for the current movement. Repeat "
"command to turn custos off."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6073 src/commands.c:6076
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ficta Accidental"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6073 src/commands.c:6076
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Prints the accidental above rather than before the note.\n"
"        In European music from before about 1600, singers were expected to\n"
"chromatically alter notes at their own initiative according to certain\n"
"rules. This is called musica ficta. In modern transcriptions, these\n"
"accidentals are usually printed over the note."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6085 src/commands.c:6088
#, no-c-format
msgid "Individual Note Tie (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6085 src/commands.c:6088
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Ties the note at the cursor leaving other notes in the current chord "
"unchanged."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6097 src/commands.c:6100
#, no-c-format
msgid "Typeset Verses at End"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6097 src/commands.c:6100
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's you choose a number of verses to print at the end of the piece "
"(movement). Use a customized score layout to prevent them from appearing "
"beneath the music in addition."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6109 src/commands.c:6112
#, no-c-format
msgid "Play Chord at Cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6109 src/commands.c:6112
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Sounds the note or chord at the cursor, using the current staffs instrument."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6121 src/commands.c:6124
#, no-c-format
msgid "Avoid Collisions with Stems"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6121 src/commands.c:6124
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Fingerings and String numbers will be moved to avoid colliding with stems on "
"typesetting."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6133 src/commands.c:6135
#, no-c-format
msgid "Fingering Position"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6133 src/commands.c:6135
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Allows you to specify the position of the fingering relative to the note at "
"the cursor."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6144 src/commands.c:6147
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right Hand Fingering"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6144 src/commands.c:6147
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Follow with a number keypress, the note at the cursor is typeset with the "
"given number as right hand fingering. Use a non-number to delete."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6156 src/commands.c:6159
#, no-c-format
msgid "LilyPond Definition"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6156 src/commands.c:6159
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Create a definition at the head of the LilyPond output. This can then be "
"referenced in the music. See LilyPond documentation."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6168 src/commands.c:6171
#, no-c-format
msgid "Menu of Objects to Insert"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6168 src/commands.c:6171
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Gives a menu of previously created LilyPondDefinition commands (see Score-"
">LilyPond Definition  menu for this)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6180 src/commands.c:6183
#, no-c-format
msgid "Textual Annotation"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6180 src/commands.c:6183
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Allows placing arbitrary text on the score which can then be dragged in the "
"final typeset view for fine control over positioning."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6192 src/commands.c:6195
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enable Accordion 16'"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6192 src/commands.c:6195
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Defines the accordions shifts for this score. The command Menu of Objects to "
"Insert will allow them to be inserted."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6204 src/commands.c:6207
#, no-c-format
msgid "No Line Break"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6204 src/commands.c:6207
#, no-c-format
msgid "Disallow a line break at this measure."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6216 src/commands.c:6219
#, no-c-format
msgid "Height of Bass Figure"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6216 src/commands.c:6219
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Sets the height of the bass figure above the note. The unit is the distance "
"between adjacent lines in the staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6228 src/commands.c:6231
#, no-c-format
msgid "Heights of Groups"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6228 src/commands.c:6231
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Allows several groups of figures to be individually adjusted for height."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6240 src/commands.c:6243
#, no-c-format
msgid "Time Signature with Beat Structure"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6240 src/commands.c:6243
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Inserts a time signature with indication for how to beam the notes. Insert "
"at beginning of staff in order to replace the initial time signature."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6252 src/commands.c:6255
#, no-c-format
msgid "Help for All Features"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6252 src/commands.c:6255
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Opens a score with examples of many things you can create with Denemo with "
"Explanations attached. Click on the explanations in the Print View window."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6264 src/commands.c:6267
#, no-c-format
msgid "Print Score and Parts"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6264 src/commands.c:6267
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Creates score layouts for the current layout (full score) and parts (named "
"after instrument name). Set instrument names before use."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6276 src/commands.c:6279
#, no-c-format
msgid "Text with Positioning"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6276 src/commands.c:6279
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints text you give above/below/auto-positioned."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6288 src/commands.c:6291
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints a composer name for current movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6300 src/commands.c:6303
#, no-c-format
msgid "No Beam Right"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6300 src/commands.c:6303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Typeset the note at the cursor with no beam to the right."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6312 src/commands.c:6315
#, no-c-format
msgid "No Beam Left"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6312 src/commands.c:6315
#, no-c-format
msgid "Typeset the note at the cursor with no beam to the left."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6324 src/commands.c:6327
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tuplet Brackets (On/Off)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6324 src/commands.c:6327
#, no-c-format
msgid "Turns tuplet brackets off/on for beamed notes (when printed)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6336 src/commands.c:6339
#, no-c-format
msgid "Part Combine Two Voices"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6336 src/commands.c:6339
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The two voices will be printed only once when they are the same, otherwise "
"they will be printed as parts. (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6348 src/commands.c:6351
#, no-c-format
msgid "♯ Initial"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6348 src/commands.c:6351
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sharpens the inital key signature by one degree on all staffs/voices."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6360 src/commands.c:6363
#, no-c-format
msgid "♭ Initial"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6360 src/commands.c:6363
#, no-c-format
msgid "Flattens the inital key signature by one degree on all staffs/voices."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6372 src/commands.c:6375
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set Trill Style as +"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6372 src/commands.c:6375
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints trills with the common 18th c. notation: a plus sign."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6384 src/commands.c:6387
#: actions/commandscripts/Footnote.scm:11
#: actions/commandscripts/Footnote.scm:12
#, no-c-format
msgid "Footnote"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6384 src/commands.c:6387
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Prints a footnote at the bottom of the current page. The mark is placed "
"above the note at the cursor."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6396 src/commands.c:6399
#, no-c-format
msgid "Score Version"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6396 src/commands.c:6399
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prints a tiny text in top right corner of the first page."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6408 src/commands.c:6411
#, no-c-format
msgid "Hide Accidental"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6408 src/commands.c:6411
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Hides the accidental on the note at the cursor on printing. Does not affect "
"the pitch."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6420 src/commands.c:6422
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mute"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6420 src/commands.c:6422
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mutes the current staff. Affects only playback."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6431 src/commands.c:6434
#, no-c-format
msgid "Individual Note Up-Tie (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6431 src/commands.c:6434
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Ties the individual note in a chord the tie being above; repeat command to "
"remove."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6443 src/commands.c:6446
#, no-c-format
msgid "Individual Note Down-Tie (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6443 src/commands.c:6446
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Ties the individual note at the cursor the tie going down; repeat to remove."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6455 src/commands.c:6458
#, no-c-format
msgid "Typeset Red Dots (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6455 src/commands.c:6458
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Typesets with red dots on the graphical objects. Use these for accurate "
"tweaking of positions via clicking and dragging with mouse on final typeset "
"score."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6467 src/commands.c:6470
#, no-c-format
msgid "Typeset Curve Control Points (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6467 src/commands.c:6470
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Typesets with curve control points marked. Use these for accurate tweaking "
"of shape via clicking and dragging with mouse on final typeset score."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6479 src/commands.c:6482
#, no-c-format
msgid "Piano Staff Name"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6479 src/commands.c:6482
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Prints the name given at the start of the Piano staff which must be where "
"the cursor is. Remove instrument names on the individual staffs by setting "
"them blank."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6491 src/commands.c:6494
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add Piano Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6491 src/commands.c:6494
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adds two staff braced together for keyboard instrument."
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6503 src/commands.c:6506 src/scorelayout.c:1249
#, no-c-format
msgid "Chord Symbols"
msgstr ""

#: src/commands.c:6503 src/commands.c:6506
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Typesets the music on this staff as chord symbols. Normally you will use "
"this on a voice, so that the chord symbols print on the melody staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/draw.c:977
msgid "Playback Start"
msgstr ""

#: src/draw.c:980
msgid "Playback End"
msgstr ""

#: src/drawstemdir.c:27
msgid "⬆stem"
msgstr ""

#: src/drawstemdir.c:30
msgid "⬆⬇stems"
msgstr ""

#: src/drawstemdir.c:33
msgid "⬆stems"
msgstr ""

#: src/dynamic.c:62 src/dynamic.c:72
msgid "Insert Dynamic"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:2 src/register_commands.h:1
msgid "Cursor Left"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:2 src/register_commands.h:1
msgid "Moves the cursor one object left, altering the selection if any"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:3 src/register_commands.h:2
msgid "Move Cursor Left"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:3 src/register_commands.h:2
msgid "Moves the cursor one object left, without altering the selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:4 src/register_commands.h:3
msgid "Cursor Down"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:4 src/register_commands.h:3
msgid "Moves the cursor one scale step down"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:5 src/register_commands.h:4
msgid "Cursor Up"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:5 src/register_commands.h:4
msgid "Moves the cursor one scale step up"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:6 src/register_commands.h:5
msgid "Cursor Right"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:6 src/register_commands.h:5
msgid "Moves the cursor one object right, altering the selection if any"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:7 src/register_commands.h:6
msgid "Move Cursor Right"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:7 src/register_commands.h:6
msgid "Moves the cursor one object right, without altering the selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:8 src/register_commands.h:7
msgid "To Mark"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:8 src/register_commands.h:7
msgid "Moves the cursor to the Mark without altering the selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:9 src/register_commands.h:8
msgid "Swap Ends of Selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:9 src/register_commands.h:8
msgid "Swaps the active end of the selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:10 src/register_commands.h:9
msgid "To Selection Start"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:10 src/register_commands.h:9
msgid ""
"Moves the cursor to the first object in the selection without altering the "
"selection. returns #f if no selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:11 src/register_commands.h:10
msgid "Push Position"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:11 src/register_commands.h:10
msgid "Pushes the current cursor position onto a stack"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:12 src/register_commands.h:11
msgid "Pop Position"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:12 src/register_commands.h:11
msgid ""
"Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, moving the cursor there"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:13 src/register_commands.h:12
msgid "Pop and Push Position"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:13 src/register_commands.h:12
msgid ""
"Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, pushes the current "
"position, then moves the cursor to the popped position"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:14 src/register_commands.h:13
msgid "Hide/Show Menus"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:14 src/register_commands.h:13
msgid ""
"Hides/Shows menus, panes etc. The ones shown are those checked in the view "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:15 src/register_commands.h:14
msgid "Staff Up"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:15 src/register_commands.h:14
msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff above, extending selection if any"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:16 src/register_commands.h:15
msgid "Staff Down"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:16 src/register_commands.h:15
msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff below, extending selection if any"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:17 src/register_commands.h:16
msgid "Move to Staff Up"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:17 src/register_commands.h:16
msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff above without altering selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:18 src/register_commands.h:17
msgid "Move to Staff Down"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:18 src/register_commands.h:17
msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff below  without altering selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:19 src/register_commands.h:18
msgid "Measure Left"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:19 src/register_commands.h:18
msgid ""
"Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure, extending "
"selection if any"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:20 src/register_commands.h:19
msgid "Measure Right"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:20 src/register_commands.h:19
msgid ""
"Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measure, extending "
"selection if any"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:21 src/register_commands.h:20
msgid "Move to Measure Left"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:21 src/register_commands.h:20
msgid ""
"Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure leaving selection, "
"if any, unchanged"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:22 src/register_commands.h:21
msgid "Move to Measure Right"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:22 src/register_commands.h:21
msgid ""
"Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measure leaving "
"selection, if any, unchanged"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:23 src/register_commands.h:22
msgid "A"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:23 src/register_commands.h:22
msgid "Append/Edit  A"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:24 src/register_commands.h:23
msgid "B"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:24 src/register_commands.h:23
msgid "Append/Edit  B"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:25 src/register_commands.h:24
msgid "C"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:25 src/register_commands.h:24
msgid "Append/Edit  C"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:26 src/register_commands.h:25
msgid "D"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:26 src/register_commands.h:25
msgid "Append/Edit  D"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:27 src/register_commands.h:26
msgid "E"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:27 src/register_commands.h:26
msgid "Append/Edit  E"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:28 src/register_commands.h:27
msgid "F"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:28 src/register_commands.h:27
msgid "Append/Edit  F"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:29 src/register_commands.h:28
msgid "G"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:29 src/register_commands.h:28
msgid "Append/Edit  G"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:32 src/register_commands.h:31
msgid "WholeNote"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:32 src/register_commands.h:31
msgid "Insert 𝅝"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:33 src/register_commands.h:32
msgid "HalfNote"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:33 src/register_commands.h:32
msgid "Insert 𝅗𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:34 src/register_commands.h:33
msgid "QuarterNote"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:34 src/register_commands.h:33
msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:35 src/register_commands.h:34
msgid "EighthNote"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:35 src/register_commands.h:34
msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:36 src/register_commands.h:35
msgid "SixteenthNote"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:36 src/register_commands.h:35
msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:37 src/register_commands.h:36
msgid "ThirtysecondNote"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:37 src/register_commands.h:36
msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:38 src/register_commands.h:37
msgid "SixtyfourthNote"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:38 src/register_commands.h:37
msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:39 src/register_commands.h:38
msgid "OneHundredTwentyEighthNote"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:39 src/register_commands.h:38
msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:40 src/register_commands.h:39
msgid "TwoHundredFiftySixthNote"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:40 src/register_commands.h:39
msgid "Insert 𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:41 src/register_commands.h:40
msgid "<span font_desc=\"Denemo\">𝄻</span>"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:41 src/register_commands.h:40
msgid "Insert 𝄻 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:42 src/register_commands.h:41
msgid "<span font_desc=\"Denemo\">𝄼</span>"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:42 src/register_commands.h:41
msgid "Insert 𝄼 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:43 src/register_commands.h:42
msgid "<span font_desc=\"Denemo\">𝄽</span>"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:43 src/register_commands.h:42
msgid "Insert 𝄽 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:44 src/register_commands.h:43
msgid "<span font_desc=\"Denemo\">𝄾</span>"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:44 src/register_commands.h:43
msgid "Insert 𝄾 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:45 src/register_commands.h:44
msgid "<span font_desc=\"Denemo\">𝄿</span>"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:45 src/register_commands.h:44
msgid "Insert 𝄿 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:46 src/register_commands.h:45
msgid "<span font_desc=\"Denemo\">𝅀</span>"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:46 src/register_commands.h:45
msgid "Insert 𝅀 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:47 src/register_commands.h:46
msgid "<span font_desc=\"Denemo\">𝅁</span>"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:47 src/register_commands.h:46
msgid "Insert 𝅁 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:48 src/register_commands.h:47
msgid "𝄻 Spacer"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:48 src/register_commands.h:47
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄻 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:49 src/register_commands.h:48
msgid "𝄼 Spacer"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:49 src/register_commands.h:48
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄼 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:50 src/register_commands.h:49
msgid "𝄽 Spacer"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:50 src/register_commands.h:49
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄽 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:51 src/register_commands.h:50
msgid "𝄾 Spacer"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:51 src/register_commands.h:50
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄾 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:52 src/register_commands.h:51
msgid "𝄿 Spacer"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:52 src/register_commands.h:51
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄿 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:53 src/register_commands.h:52
msgid "𝅀 Spacer"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:53 src/register_commands.h:52
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅀 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:54 src/register_commands.h:53
msgid "𝅁 Spacer"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:54 src/register_commands.h:53
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅁 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:55 src/register_commands.h:54
msgid "𝅂 Spacer"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:55 src/register_commands.h:54
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅂 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:56 src/register_commands.h:55
msgid "𝅃 Spacer"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:56 src/register_commands.h:55
msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅃 rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:57 src/entries.h:340 src/register_commands.h:56
#: src/register_commands.h:313
msgid "Toggle Rest Mode"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:58 src/register_commands.h:57
msgid "Toggle Blank Mode"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:59 src/register_commands.h:58
msgid "Insert Duplet"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:60 src/register_commands.h:59
msgid "Insert Triplet"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:61 src/register_commands.h:60
msgid "Start Triplet"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:62 src/register_commands.h:61
msgid "End Tuplet"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:63 src/register_commands.h:62
msgid "Insert Quadruplet"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:64 src/register_commands.h:63
msgid "Insert Quintuplet"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:65 src/register_commands.h:64
msgid "Insert Sextuplet"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:66 src/register_commands.h:65
msgid "Insert Septuplet"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:67 src/register_commands.h:66
msgid "Add note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:67 src/register_commands.h:66
msgid ""
"Add a note to the current chord\n"
"The cursor position determines which note to add"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:68 src/register_commands.h:67
msgid "Remove note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:68 src/register_commands.h:67
msgid "Remove a note from the current chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:69 src/register_commands.h:68
msgid "Sharpen"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:70 src/register_commands.h:69
msgid "Flatten"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:71 src/register_commands.h:70
msgid "Sharpen Next Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:71 src/register_commands.h:70
msgid ""
"Increases the sharpness of the next entered note. The status bar shows the "
"current state."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:72 src/register_commands.h:71
msgid "Flatten Next Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:72 src/register_commands.h:71
msgid ""
"Increases the flatness of the next entered note. The status bar shows the "
"current state."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:73 src/register_commands.h:72
msgid "StemUp"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:73 src/register_commands.h:72
msgid "Alters a StemNeutral object to stem up."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:74 src/register_commands.h:73
msgid "StemDown"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:74 src/register_commands.h:73
msgid "Alters a StemNeutral object to stem down."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:77 src/register_commands.h:76
msgid "Tied note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:77 src/register_commands.h:76
msgid "Inserts a duplicate of the current note, tied"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:78 src/register_commands.h:77
msgid "Toggle Tie"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:78 src/register_commands.h:77
msgid "Ties/unties the note at the cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:79 src/register_commands.h:78
msgid "Delete Object"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:79 src/register_commands.h:78
msgid "Delete the object at the cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:80 src/register_commands.h:79
msgid "Delete Previous Object"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:80 src/register_commands.h:79
msgid "Delete to the left of the cursor."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:81 src/register_commands.h:80
msgid "Insert Measure Before"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:81 src/register_commands.h:80
msgid "Insert a blank measure before the current one (in all staffs)"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:82 src/register_commands.h:81
msgid "Insert Measure After"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:82 src/register_commands.h:81
msgid "Insert a blank measure after the current one (in all staffs)"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:83 src/register_commands.h:82
msgid "Staff Insert Measure Before"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:83 src/register_commands.h:82
msgid "Insert a blank measure before the current one (in current staff)"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:84 src/register_commands.h:83
msgid "Staff Insert Measure After"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:84 src/register_commands.h:83
msgid "Insert a blank measure in current staff after the current measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:85 src/register_commands.h:84
msgid "Staff Append Measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:86 src/register_commands.h:85
msgid "Staff Delete Measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:86 src/register_commands.h:85
msgid "Delete the current measure in this staff, leaving the staff short"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:87 src/register_commands.h:86
msgid "Delete Measure All Staffs"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:87 src/register_commands.h:86
msgid "Delete the current measure in all staffs"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:88 src/register_commands.h:87
msgid "Shrink Measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:89 src/register_commands.h:88
msgid "Widen Measures"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:90 src/register_commands.h:89
msgid "Shorter Staffs"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:91 src/register_commands.h:90
msgid "Taller Staffs"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:92 src/register_commands.h:91
msgid "New Treble Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:93 src/register_commands.h:92
msgid "New Bass Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:94 src/register_commands.h:93
msgid "New G8 Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:95 src/register_commands.h:94
msgid "New Alto Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:96 src/register_commands.h:95
msgid "New Tenor Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:97 src/register_commands.h:96
msgid "New Soprano Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:98 src/register_commands.h:97
msgid "Set Treble Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:99 src/register_commands.h:98
msgid "Set Bass Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:100 src/register_commands.h:99
msgid "Set G8 Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:101 src/register_commands.h:100
msgid "Set Alto Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:102 src/register_commands.h:101
msgid "Set Tenor Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:103 src/register_commands.h:102
msgid "Set Soprano Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:104 src/register_commands.h:103
msgid "Insert 2/2 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:105 src/register_commands.h:104
msgid "Insert 3/2 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:106 src/register_commands.h:105
msgid "Insert 4/2 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:107 src/register_commands.h:106
msgid "Insert 4/4 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:108 src/register_commands.h:107
msgid "Insert 3/4 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:109 src/register_commands.h:108
msgid "Insert 2/4 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:110 src/register_commands.h:109
msgid "Insert 6/4 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:111 src/register_commands.h:110
msgid "Insert 3/8 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:112 src/register_commands.h:111
msgid "Insert 6/8 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:113 src/register_commands.h:112
msgid "Insert 12/8 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:114 src/register_commands.h:113
msgid "Insert 9/8 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:115 src/register_commands.h:114
msgid "Set 2/2 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:116 src/register_commands.h:115
msgid "Set 3/2 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:117 src/register_commands.h:116
msgid "Set 4/2 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:118 src/register_commands.h:117
msgid "Set 4/4 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:119 src/register_commands.h:118
msgid "Set 3/4 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:120 src/register_commands.h:119
msgid "Set 2/4 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:121 src/register_commands.h:120
msgid "Set 6/4 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:122 src/register_commands.h:121
msgid "Set 3/8 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:123 src/register_commands.h:122
msgid "Set 6/8 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:124 src/register_commands.h:123
msgid "Set 12/8 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:125 src/register_commands.h:124
msgid "Set 9/8 Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:126 src/register_commands.h:125
msgid "Insert Cmaj"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:127 src/register_commands.h:126
msgid "Insert Gmaj"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:128 src/register_commands.h:127
msgid "Insert Dmaj"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:129 src/register_commands.h:128
msgid "Insert Amaj"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:130 src/register_commands.h:129
msgid "Insert Emaj"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:131 src/register_commands.h:130
msgid "Insert Bmaj"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:132 src/register_commands.h:131
msgid "Insert F# Major"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:133 src/register_commands.h:132
msgid "Insert C# Major"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:134 src/register_commands.h:133
msgid "Insert F Major"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:135 src/register_commands.h:134
msgid "Insert Bb Major"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:136 src/register_commands.h:135
msgid "Insert Eb Major"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:137 src/register_commands.h:136
msgid "Insert Ab Major"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:138 src/register_commands.h:137
msgid "Insert Db Major"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:139 src/register_commands.h:138
msgid "Insert Gb Major"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:140 src/register_commands.h:139
msgid "Insert Cb Major"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:141 src/register_commands.h:140
msgid "Insert A Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:142 src/register_commands.h:141
msgid "Insert E Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:143 src/register_commands.h:142
msgid "Insert B Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:144 src/register_commands.h:143
msgid "Insert F# Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:145 src/register_commands.h:144
msgid "Insert C# Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:146 src/register_commands.h:145
msgid "Insert G# Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:147 src/register_commands.h:146
msgid "Insert D# Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:148 src/register_commands.h:147
msgid "Insert A# Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:149 src/register_commands.h:148
msgid "Insert D Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:150 src/register_commands.h:149
msgid "Insert G Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:151 src/register_commands.h:150
msgid "Insert C Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:152 src/register_commands.h:151
msgid "Insert F Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:153 src/register_commands.h:152
msgid "Insert Bb Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:154 src/register_commands.h:153
msgid "Insert Eb Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:155 src/register_commands.h:154
msgid "Insert Ab Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:156 src/register_commands.h:155
msgid "Set Initial Keysig to C Major"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:157 src/register_commands.h:156
msgid "Set Initial Keysig to G Major"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:158 src/register_commands.h:157
msgid "Set D Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:159 src/register_commands.h:158
msgid "Set A Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:160 src/register_commands.h:159
msgid "Set E Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:161 src/register_commands.h:160
msgid "Set B Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:162 src/register_commands.h:161
msgid "Set F# Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:163 src/register_commands.h:162
msgid "Set C# Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:164 src/register_commands.h:163
msgid "Set F Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:165 src/register_commands.h:164
msgid "Set Bb Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:166 src/register_commands.h:165
msgid "Set Eb Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:167 src/register_commands.h:166
msgid "Set Ab Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:168 src/register_commands.h:167
msgid "Set Db Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:169 src/register_commands.h:168
msgid "Set Gb Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:170 src/register_commands.h:169
msgid "Set Cb Major as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:171 src/register_commands.h:170
msgid "Set A Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:172 src/register_commands.h:171
msgid "Set E Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:173 src/register_commands.h:172
msgid "Set B Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:174 src/register_commands.h:173
msgid "Set F# Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:175 src/register_commands.h:174
msgid "Set C# Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:176 src/register_commands.h:175
msgid "Set G# Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:177 src/register_commands.h:176
msgid "Set D# Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:178 src/register_commands.h:177
msgid "Set A# Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:179 src/register_commands.h:178
msgid "Set D Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:180 src/register_commands.h:179
msgid "Set G Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:181 src/register_commands.h:180
msgid "Set C Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:182 src/register_commands.h:181
msgid "Set F Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:183 src/register_commands.h:182
msgid "Set Bb Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:184 src/register_commands.h:183
msgid "Set Eb Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:185 src/register_commands.h:184
msgid "Set Ab Minor as Initial Keysig"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:186 src/register_commands.h:185
msgid "Set Mark"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:186 src/register_commands.h:185
msgid ""
"Sets the start point for a selection,\n"
"the end point of the selection is unaltered"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:187 src/register_commands.h:186
msgid "Unset Mark"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:187 src/register_commands.h:186
msgid "Gets rid of the selection."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:188 src/register_commands.h:187
msgid "Set Point"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:188 src/register_commands.h:187
msgid "Extends the selection to the current cursor position"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:189 src/register_commands.h:188
msgid "Begin Slur"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:189 src/register_commands.h:188
msgid "Insert/delete begin slur on this note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:190 src/register_commands.h:189
msgid "End Slur"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:190 src/register_commands.h:189
msgid "Insert/delete end slur on this note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:191 src/register_commands.h:190
msgid "Start Crescendo"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:192 src/register_commands.h:191
msgid "End Crescendo"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:193 src/register_commands.h:192
msgid "Start Diminuendo"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:194 src/register_commands.h:193
msgid "End Diminuendo"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:195 src/register_commands.h:194
msgid "Grace Note Off/On"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:195 src/register_commands.h:194
msgid ""
"Makes the note at the cursor an appogiatura grace note, if it is one, makes "
"it normal"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:196 src/register_commands.h:195
msgid "Acciaccatura Off/On"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:196 src/register_commands.h:195
msgid ""
"Makes the note at the cursor an acciaccatura grace note, if it is one, makes "
"it normal"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:197 src/register_commands.h:196
msgid "Force Cautionary Accidental"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:198 src/register_commands.h:197
msgid "Change Pitch"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:199 src/register_commands.h:198
msgid "Insert Snippet"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:200 src/register_commands.h:199 src/view.c:2719
msgid "Next Snippet"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:200 src/register_commands.h:199
msgid ""
"Make next snippet\n"
"the current snippet.\n"
"Notes entered will follow the rhythmic pattern of this snippet"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:201 src/register_commands.h:200
msgid "Append Measure All Staffs"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:201 src/register_commands.h:200
msgid "Appends a blank measure to every staff in this movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:202 src/register_commands.h:201
msgid "Execute Scheme"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:202 src/register_commands.h:201
msgid "Execute the scheme code from the scripting window"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:203
msgid "File"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:203
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Creating, saving, loading, exporting, importing, typesetting and printing "
"musical scores"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:204
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:204
msgid "Creating, saving places in musical scores"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:205
msgid "Mode"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:205
msgid "Different keyboard and MIDI entry modes"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:206 src/entries.h:366 src/scorelayout.c:599
#: src/scorelayout.c:774 src/view.c:9171 actions/denemo.scm:153
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:206
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"General editing commands"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:207 src/prefdialog.c:536
msgid "View"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:207
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Control which tools are to be shown"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:208
msgid "Staffs/Voices"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:208
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands that manipulate Staffs and voices on staffs.\n"
"Commands that apply to the current staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:209 src/scorelayout.c:1323
msgid "Voices"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:209
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Things that manipulate Voices, that is separately stemmed and beamed parts "
"that will be typeset on the same staff.\n"
"Keep them displayed on separate staffs for editing purposes at least.\n"
"The typesetter will amalgamate them for you.\n"
"See also commands for hiding rests and moving notes and rests to avoid "
"collisions in the Notes/Rests menu"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:210
msgid "Movements"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:210
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands that apply to the current movement in your score.\n"
"Movements in a score could be songs in a song book etc\n"
"Any piece of continuous music."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:211 actions/commandscripts/MultiMeasureRests.scm:84
#: actions/commandscripts/Upbeat.scm:48 actions/commandscripts/Upbeat.scm:52
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:211
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Information and help for Denemo"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:212
msgid "Input"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:212
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Choose whether to get input audio (e.g. microphone) or MIDI controller (e.g. "
"MIDI keyboard)\n"
"or just from the pc keyboard."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:213 src/register_commands.h:202
msgid "Shift Accidentals Sharpwise"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:213 src/register_commands.h:202
msgid "Shifts the set of accidentals one step sharper"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:214 src/register_commands.h:203
msgid "Shift Accidentals Flatwise"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:214 src/register_commands.h:203
msgid "Shifts the set of accidentals one step flatter"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:215 src/entries.h:369
msgid "Playback"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:215
msgid ""
"Music playback. Music is played between the playback start (green bar) and "
"playback end (red bar).\n"
"There are playback controls (See View->Playback Controls) which make it easy "
"to set and re-set these and also to loop-play, choose the temperament to "
"play in etc. Or use items in this menu to play the whole piece from the "
"cursor to the end."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:216 src/register_commands.h:204
msgid "Empty Score"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:216 src/register_commands.h:204
msgid "Start a new musical score"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:217 src/register_commands.h:205
msgid "New"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:217 src/register_commands.h:205
msgid "Start a new musical score for a named instrument/voice."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:218 src/entries.h:219 src/register_commands.h:206
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:218
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Open a previously edited score, or a source file for transcription"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:219 src/register_commands.h:206
msgid "Open a file containing a music score for editing"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:220 src/register_commands.h:207
msgid "Import a Lilypond file"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:221 src/register_commands.h:208
msgid "Import a Midi file"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:222 src/register_commands.h:209
msgid "Import a MusicXml file"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:223 src/register_commands.h:210
msgid "Add Staffs"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:223 src/register_commands.h:210
msgid "Add staffs from a Denemo file"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:224 src/register_commands.h:211
msgid "Add Movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:224 src/register_commands.h:211
msgid "Add movements from a Denemo file"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:225 src/register_commands.h:212
msgid "Change Properties"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:225 src/register_commands.h:212
msgid "Change properties of this movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:226 src/register_commands.h:213
msgid "Open In New"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:226 src/register_commands.h:213
msgid ""
"Open a file containing a music score for editing in a separate working area "
"(tab)"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:227 src/entries.h:238 src/register_commands.h:214
msgid "Save"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:227 src/register_commands.h:214
msgid "Save the score. The score is saved to disk in XML format."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:228 src/file.c:1056 src/register_commands.h:215
msgid "Save As"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:228 src/register_commands.h:215
msgid "Save the score under a new name"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:229 src/register_commands.h:216
msgid "Create Copy"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:229 src/register_commands.h:216
msgid "Save a copy of the score"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:230 src/register_commands.h:217
msgid "Open Template"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:230 src/register_commands.h:217
msgid "Start a new score from a built-in template file"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:231 src/register_commands.h:218
msgid "Open Example"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:231 src/register_commands.h:218
msgid "Start a new score from a built-in example"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:232 src/register_commands.h:219
msgid "Open Custom Template"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:232 src/register_commands.h:219
msgid "Start a new score from one of your own template files"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:233 src/register_commands.h:220
msgid "Save Template"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:233 src/register_commands.h:220
msgid ""
"Save the score as a template for re-use as a starting point for new scores"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:234 src/register_commands.h:221
msgid "New Tab"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:234 src/register_commands.h:221
msgid "Create working area (tab with an empty score in it)"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:235 src/register_commands.h:222
msgid "Insert Movement Before"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:235 src/register_commands.h:222
msgid "Insert a new movement before the current one"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:236 src/register_commands.h:223
msgid "Insert Movement After"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:236 src/register_commands.h:223
msgid "Insert a new movement after the current one"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:237 src/register_commands.h:224
msgid "New Movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:237 src/register_commands.h:224
msgid "Create a new movement, usign any default template"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:238
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Save the score\n"
"Besides saving for later you can save the score for use as a template for "
"future works, or save under a new name etc\n"
"The score is saved to disk in XML format."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:239 src/register_commands.h:225
msgid "Save Parts"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:239 src/register_commands.h:225
msgid "Save Parts: each staff becomes a file in lilypond format"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:240 src/register_commands.h:226
msgid "Export Lilypond"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:240 src/register_commands.h:226
msgid "Export the score as a lilypond file"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:241 src/register_commands.h:227
msgid "Export PDF"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:241 src/register_commands.h:227
msgid "Export the score as a PDF document file"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:242 src/register_commands.h:228
msgid "Export PNG"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:242 src/register_commands.h:228
msgid "Export the score as a PNG image file"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:243 src/register_commands.h:229
msgid "Export MIDI"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:243 src/register_commands.h:229
msgid "Export the score as a MIDI file"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:244 src/entries.h:250 src/print.c:2921
#: src/register_commands.h:235
msgid "Print"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:244
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for typesetting and then printing the music.\n"
"A part, movement, full score or various reduced scores can be typeset.\n"
" See also the Score Layout view for further options."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:245 src/entries.h:246 src/register_commands.h:230
#: src/register_commands.h:231
msgid "Print Preview"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:245 src/register_commands.h:230
msgid "Displays the final finished score in your PDF viewer"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:246 src/register_commands.h:231
msgid ""
"Typesets the score\n"
"If you have a score layout selected it will use that\n"
"otherwise all movements staffs and lyrics are typeset by default.\n"
"Be patient! It takes time to create a beautifully laid out score.\n"
"Once complete you can view and then send to your printer or to a file as a ."
"pdf document."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:247 src/register_commands.h:232
msgid "Print Selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:247 src/register_commands.h:232
msgid "Displays selected music from score in your pdf viewer"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:248 src/register_commands.h:233
msgid "Print Excerpt"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:248 src/register_commands.h:233
msgid "Displays a musical excerpt in your image viewer"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:249 src/register_commands.h:234
msgid "Print Movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:249 src/register_commands.h:234
msgid "Typesets the current movement and opens a print dialog"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:250 src/register_commands.h:235
msgid "Typesets the score using LilyPond and opens a print dialog"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:251 src/register_commands.h:236
msgid "Print Part"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:251 src/register_commands.h:236
msgid "Typesets the current part (the one containing the cursor)."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:252 src/register_commands.h:237
msgid "Close Score"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:252 src/register_commands.h:237
msgid "Close the current score. Other scores (tabs) will stay open"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:253 src/register_commands.h:238
msgid "Quit"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:253 src/register_commands.h:238
msgid "Quit the Denemo program - closes tabs one at a time."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:254 src/register_commands.h:239
msgid "Undo"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:254 src/register_commands.h:239
msgid "Undoes one (more) step of your edits to the current score."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:255 src/register_commands.h:240
msgid "Redo"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:255 src/register_commands.h:240
msgid "Redoes the next of the steps you have Undone"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:256
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:256
msgid "Selecting stretches of notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:257
msgid "Extend Selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:257
msgid "Extend the selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:258 src/register_commands.h:241
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:258 src/register_commands.h:241
msgid "Copy the music selected to the Denemo clipboard"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:259 src/register_commands.h:242
msgid "Cut"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:259 src/register_commands.h:242
msgid "Cut the music selected to the Denemo clipboard"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:260 src/register_commands.h:243
msgid "Paste"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:260 src/register_commands.h:243
msgid ""
"Paste the Denemo clipboard into the score where the cursor is positioned"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:261 src/register_commands.h:244
msgid "Paste LilyPond notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:261 src/register_commands.h:244
msgid ""
"Paste LilyPond notes from the text clipboard\n"
"This will import music written as LilyPond syntax\n"
"You open the LilyPond file in a texteditor, copy the stretch of notes "
"(control-c command in your texteditor usually) and then use this command."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:262 src/register_commands.h:245
msgid "Score Properties"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:262 src/register_commands.h:245
msgid ""
"Change some of the properties of the current score. This will start up a "
"dialog window"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:263 src/register_commands.h:246
msgid "Save Selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:263 src/register_commands.h:246
msgid "Save the selected music. Not sure if this is working"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:264 src/register_commands.h:247
msgid "Change Preferences"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:264 src/register_commands.h:247
msgid ""
"Set and save your preferences for how Denemo operates on startup.\n"
"Advanced users can edit .denemo-XXXX/denemorc for missing ones"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:265
msgid "Customize Commands, Shortcuts ..."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:265
msgid "Set actions to take in response to keypresses"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:266 src/register_commands.h:248 src/view.c:8316
msgid "Save Command Set"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:266 src/register_commands.h:248
msgid "Save the current commands and keyboard shortcuts as the default"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:267 src/register_commands.h:249
msgid "Manage Command Set"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:267 src/register_commands.h:249
msgid "View help, change and save keyboard shortcuts"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:268 src/register_commands.h:250
msgid "Swap Staffs"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:268 src/register_commands.h:250
msgid ""
"Swap this staff with the one higher up.\n"
"Be aware that if you have inserted directives to move a voice to another "
"staff\n"
"these may need re-making."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:269 src/register_commands.h:251
msgid "Split Voices"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:269 src/register_commands.h:251
msgid "Split off the next voice as a separate staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:270 src/register_commands.h:252
msgid "Join Voices"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:270 src/register_commands.h:252
msgid "Merge this staff as a voice on the previous staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:271 src/register_commands.h:253
msgid "Swap Movements"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:271 src/register_commands.h:253
msgid "Swap this movement with the one before"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:272 src/register_commands.h:254
msgid "Voice Up"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:272 src/register_commands.h:254
msgid "Go to the higher numbered voice on staff, extending selection if any"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:273 src/register_commands.h:255
msgid "Voice Down"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:273 src/register_commands.h:255
msgid ""
"Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff, extending selection if any"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:274 src/register_commands.h:256
msgid "Move to Voice Up"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:274 src/register_commands.h:256
msgid "Go to the higher numbered voice on staff without altering selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:275 src/register_commands.h:257
msgid "Move to Voice Down"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:275 src/register_commands.h:257
msgid "Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff without altering selection"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:276 src/register_commands.h:258
msgid "Add Staff Before"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:276 src/register_commands.h:258
msgid "Inserts a new staff before the current staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:277 src/register_commands.h:259
msgid "Add Staff After"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:277 src/register_commands.h:259
msgid "Inserts/Adds a new staff after the current staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:278 src/register_commands.h:260
msgid "Add Initial Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:278 src/register_commands.h:260
msgid "Inserts a new staff at the top of the score"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:279 src/register_commands.h:261
msgid "Add Last Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:279 src/register_commands.h:261
msgid "Inserts a new staff at the end of the score"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:280 src/register_commands.h:262
msgid "Delete Staff Before"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:280 src/register_commands.h:262
msgid "Deletes the staff before the current staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:281 src/register_commands.h:263
msgid "Delete Current Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:281 src/register_commands.h:263
msgid "Deletes the current staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:282 src/register_commands.h:264
msgid "Delete Staff After"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:282 src/register_commands.h:264
msgid "Deletes the staff after the current staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:283 src/register_commands.h:265
msgid ""
"Adds a new voice (part), to the current staff. It is tricky to switch "
"between the voices. Suggest to use merge staffs"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:284 src/register_commands.h:266 src/staffpropdialog.c:201
msgid "Staff Properties"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:284 src/register_commands.h:266
msgid "Change the properties of the current staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:285
msgid "InsertMenu"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:285 src/entries.h:347 src/entries.h:382 src/view.c:9169
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:286 src/scorelayout.c:618
msgid "Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:286
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:287 src/register_commands.h:267
msgid "Initial Clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:287 src/register_commands.h:267
msgid "Change the initial clef of the current staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:288 src/register_commands.h:268
msgid "Clef Change"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:288 src/register_commands.h:268
msgid "Insert/Edit a change of clef at the cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:289
msgid "Keys"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:289
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Set the key signature or insert a change of key signature\n"
"Sharpen or flatten a key signature or\n"
"hide it on printing"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:290 src/register_commands.h:269
msgid "Initial Key"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:290 src/register_commands.h:269
msgid "Set the initial key signature of the current staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:291 src/keysigdialog.c:344 src/register_commands.h:270
msgid "Key Signature Change"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:291 src/register_commands.h:270
msgid "Insert/Edit a key change at the cursor position"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:292
msgid "Time Signatures"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:292
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Set the time signature, insert or edit a change of timesignature,\n"
"hide a time signature on printing.\n"
"Control whether to use numerical or traditional styles."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:293 src/register_commands.h:271
msgid "Inital Time Signature"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:293 src/register_commands.h:271
msgid "Set the initial time signature of the current staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:294 src/register_commands.h:272
msgid "Time Signature Change"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:294 src/register_commands.h:272
msgid "Edit/Insert a time signature change for the current measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:295 src/register_commands.h:273
msgid "Set Notehead"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:295 src/register_commands.h:273
msgid "Change the type of notehead for the current note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:296 src/register_commands.h:274
msgid "Auto Stemming"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:296 src/register_commands.h:274
msgid ""
"Inserts a stem neutral object. After this automatic stem directions are "
"active. You can click on this tag and use Sharpen/StemUp etc commands to "
"change stem direction"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:297 src/register_commands.h:275
msgid "Add Lyric Verse"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:297 src/register_commands.h:275
msgid "Add a verse of lyrics"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:298 src/register_commands.h:276
msgid "Delete Verse"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:298 src/register_commands.h:276
msgid "Deletes current verse of lyrics from current voice"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:299 src/register_commands.h:277
msgid "Insert/Edit Figured Bass"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:299 src/register_commands.h:277
msgid ""
"Add a bass figure to the current note. Use | sign to split the duration of a "
"note so as to have multiple figures on one note. See Lilypond docs for other "
"notation"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:300 src/register_commands.h:278
msgid "Delete Figures"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:300 src/register_commands.h:278
msgid "Delete the figured bass on the current staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:301 src/register_commands.h:279
msgid "Hide Figures (Print)"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:301 src/register_commands.h:279
msgid "Hide the figured bass on the current staff on printing"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:302 src/register_commands.h:280
msgid "Show Figures (Print)"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:302 src/register_commands.h:280
msgid "Show the figured bass on the current staff on printing"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:303 src/register_commands.h:281
msgid "Edit Chord Symbols"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:303 src/register_commands.h:281
msgid ""
"Allows chord symbols to be added to the current note. E.G.cis:dim7 for c-"
"sharp diminished 7th. See Lilypond docs for notation"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:304 src/register_commands.h:282
msgid "Insert Dynamics"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:304 src/register_commands.h:282
msgid "Inserts a dynamic marking at the cursor position"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:305 src/register_commands.h:283
msgid "Edit Object"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:305 src/register_commands.h:283
msgid "Edit the object at the cursor."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:306 src/register_commands.h:284
msgid "Edit Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:306 src/register_commands.h:284
msgid "Edit any directives attached to chord/note at cursor."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:307 src/register_commands.h:285
msgid "Edit Staff Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:307 src/register_commands.h:285
msgid "Edit any directives attached to staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:308 src/register_commands.h:286
msgid "Edit Voice Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:308 src/register_commands.h:286
msgid "Edit any directives attached to voice."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:309 src/register_commands.h:287
msgid "Edit Score Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:309 src/register_commands.h:287
msgid "Edit any directives attached to score."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:310 src/register_commands.h:288
msgid "Edit Movement Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:310 src/register_commands.h:288
msgid "Edit any directives attached to movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:311 src/register_commands.h:289
msgid "Edit Clef Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:311 src/register_commands.h:289
msgid "Edit any directives attached to clef."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:312 src/register_commands.h:290
msgid "Edit Time Signature Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:312 src/register_commands.h:290
msgid "Edit any directives attached to time signature."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:313 src/register_commands.h:291
msgid "Edit Key Signature Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:313 src/register_commands.h:291
msgid "Edit any directives attached to key signature."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:314 src/register_commands.h:292
msgid "Delete a Directive"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:314 src/register_commands.h:292
msgid "Delete a directive attached to chord/note at cursor."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:315 src/register_commands.h:293
msgid "Attach Lilypond to Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:315 src/register_commands.h:293
msgid ""
"Attach or edit attached LilyPond text to the note at the cursor. This can be "
"used for guitar fingerings, cautionary accidentals and much more. See "
"LilyPond documentation."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:316 src/register_commands.h:294
msgid "Attach Lilypond to Chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:316 src/register_commands.h:294
msgid ""
"Attach or edit attached LilyPond text to the chord at the cursor. This can "
"be used for attaching and placing text and much more. See LilyPond "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:317 src/register_commands.h:295
msgid "Inserts specialized barline at the cursor position. Mostly not working"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:318 src/entries.h:363
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:318
msgid ""
"Moving the cursor within the current movement, setting bookmarks, seeking "
"things in the score"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:319 src/register_commands.h:296
msgid "Go to Measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:319 src/register_commands.h:296
msgid "Opens a dialog for going to a numbered measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:320 src/register_commands.h:297
msgid "Go to Beginning"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:320 src/register_commands.h:297
msgid "Cursor to start of staff/voice, extending selection if any"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:321 src/register_commands.h:298
msgid "Go to End"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:321 src/register_commands.h:298
msgid "Cursor to end of staff/voice, extending selection if any"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:322 src/register_commands.h:299
msgid "Move to Staff/Voice Beginning"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:322 src/register_commands.h:299
msgid "Cursor to start of staff/voice, without extending selection if any"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:323 src/register_commands.h:300
msgid "Move to Staff/Voice End"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:323 src/register_commands.h:300
msgid "Cursor to end of staff/voice, without extending selection if any"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:324 src/register_commands.h:301
msgid "Next Movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:324 src/register_commands.h:301
msgid "Go to the next movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:325 src/register_commands.h:302
msgid "Previous Movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:325 src/register_commands.h:302
msgid "Go to the previous movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:326 src/register_commands.h:303
msgid "Delete Movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:326 src/register_commands.h:303
msgid "Delete the current movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:327 src/register_commands.h:304
msgid "Play"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:328 src/register_commands.h:305
msgid "Stop"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:329 src/register_commands.h:306
msgid "Playback Properties"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:329 src/register_commands.h:306
msgid "Allows you to specify properties used in playing back (midi)"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:330 src/register_commands.h:307
msgid "Browse Manual"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:330 src/register_commands.h:307
msgid "Opens a browser on the user manual"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:331 src/register_commands.h:308
msgid "About"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:331 src/register_commands.h:308
msgid "Gives the version number etc of this program"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:332 actions/commandscripts/DynamicText.scm:12
#: actions/commandscripts/DynamicText.scm:16
#: actions/commandscripts/DynamicText.scm:38
#: actions/commandscripts/DynamicText.scm:47
msgid "More"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:332
msgid "Allows choosing extra commands/menu items from disk"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:333 src/register_commands.h:309
msgid "More Commands"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:333 src/register_commands.h:309
msgid "Allows choosing standard extra commands/menu items"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:334 src/register_commands.h:310
msgid "My Commands"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:334 src/register_commands.h:310
msgid ""
"Allows choosing extra commands/menu items from your own collection of extras"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:335 src/register_commands.h:311
msgid "Update Commands from Internet"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:335 src/register_commands.h:311
msgid ""
"Refreshes the set of commands available from Denemo.org.\n"
"Use More Commands after this has finished"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:336
msgid "Open Recent"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:336
msgid "Open previously used files"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:337
msgid "Import File"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:337
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Import the supported file formats"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:338
msgid "Export As"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:338
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Export the music to another file format.\n"
"These file formats will not support all the features of the score."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:339 src/register_commands.h:312
msgid "Toggle Edit Mode"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:339 src/register_commands.h:312
msgid "Toggle between current mode and edit mode"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:340 src/register_commands.h:313
msgid "Toggle between note entry and rest entry"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:341 src/register_commands.h:314
msgid "Toggle Audible Feedback"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:341 src/register_commands.h:314
msgid "Toggle audible feedback on/off"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:342 src/register_commands.h:315
msgid "Clear Overlay"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:342 src/register_commands.h:315
msgid "Clear the list of pitches that overlay the notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:343 src/register_commands.h:316
msgid "Create Snippet"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:343 src/register_commands.h:316
msgid ""
"Copy selection as music snippet or rhythm pattern for notes to follow as "
"they are entered"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:344 src/register_commands.h:317
msgid "Delete Snippet"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:344 src/register_commands.h:317
msgid "Delete the selected music snippet/rhythm pattern"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:345
msgid "Classic Mode"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:345
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Moving the cursor and inserting notes or rests there"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:346
msgid "Select Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:346
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Moving the cursor to the nearest ..."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:347
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for notes: inserting, deleting, etc."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:348
msgid "Stem Direction"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:348
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to control the stem up/down"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:349
msgid "Notehead Types"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:349
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Different types of notehead"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:350
msgid "Tied Notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:350
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Creating Tied Notes\n"
"Do not confuse with slurs!!"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:351
msgid "Display Effects"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:351
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Effects that are only for the Denemo display,\n"
"not affecting the printed page."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:352
msgid "Articulations"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:352
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Articulations"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:353
msgid "Slurs"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:353
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Slurs\n"
"Do not confuse with ties which in print can look the same\n"
"Slurs have little ticks at the end in the Denemo display."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:354
msgid "Grace Notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:354
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Grace Notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:355 src/view.c:9143
msgid "Score"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:355
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands that affect the entire piece of music across all movements."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:356
msgid "Instruments"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:356
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Instruments"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:357
msgid "Markings"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:357
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Markings to be applied to the note at the cursor.\n"
"Includes articulations, string numbers, chord symbols, arbitrary text ..."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:358
msgid "Text/Symbol"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:358
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Text and symbol Markings"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:359
msgid "Fingerings etc for Instruments"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:359
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Markings on scores for Instruments"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:360
msgid "Note Insertion"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:360
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Inserting the note ..."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:361 src/view.c:9137
msgid "Lyrics"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:361
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Lyrics consist of syllables which are placed under or above the notes of the "
"voice they are attached to\n"
"You can use the hyphen - and underscore _ to affect the placement\n"
"as well as slurs placed over notes. Spaces, tabs or new lines can serve to "
"separate the syllables, it makes no difference which."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:362
msgid "Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:362
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Directives tell Denemo to do something special with the object they are "
"attached to\n"
"or at the point in the music they are placed\n"
"This can be directing the typesetter to do something special\n"
"or issuing MIDI instructions to alter the playback\n"
"or even take an action, such as linking to source manuscript when clicked"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:363
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Moving the Denemo cursor around the piece"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:364
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Entering notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:365
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Marks placed on notes and chords"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:366
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Editing"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:367
msgid "Measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:367
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Manipulating measures\n"
"Commands that apply to the current measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:368
msgid "Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:368
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for staffs"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:369
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Playing the music via the computer's soundcard.\n"
"All or part of the piece can be played controlled by the green and red "
"markers (start and stop playing)\n"
"Use the Playback Controls (from the View menu) to set/reset these and to "
"loop play while editing the score"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:370
msgid "Select Duration"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:370
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Changing the prevailing duration or rhythm pattern"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:371
msgid "Append/Edit"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:371
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Appending, Changing, and deleting notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:372
msgid "Append/Edit Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:372
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Appending or Editing notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:373
msgid "Append/Insert Duration"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:373
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Appending or Editing durations"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:374
msgid "Cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:374
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Moving the cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:375
msgid "Cursor to Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:375
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Moving the cursor to note positions"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:376
msgid "Clefs"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:376
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Insert/change clef, set initial clef, hide a clef on printing,\n"
"or display in a different clef"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:377
msgid "Chords"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:377
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for creating chords. Note that chord symbols and figured bass are "
"under markings on notes.\n"
"See Notes/Rests menu"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:378
msgid "Add Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:378
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Adding notes to a note or chord at the cursor to make chords"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:379
msgid "Chords Symbols"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:379
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Adding Chord Symbols over music"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:380
msgid "Figured Bass"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:380
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Adding Figured Bass Figures"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:381
msgid "Measures"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:381
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Measures: adding, deleting, navigating etc"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:382
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Inserting notes, measures, staffs, keysignatures etc"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:383
msgid "Add Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:383
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Insert a new staff postioned relative to current staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:384
msgid "Insert Movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:384
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Insert a new movement positioned relative to current movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:385
msgid "Insert at Cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:385
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Inserting notes of a given duration at cursor note height"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:386 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:74
#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:78
msgid "Change"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:386
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Changing properties of notes, measures, staffs, keysigs etc"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:387
msgid "Notes/Durations"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:387
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Modeless actions on notes/rests"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:388
msgid "Notes/Rests"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:388
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for notes/rests"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:389
msgid "Rest Insertion"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:389
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Modeless entry of rests"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:390
msgid "Educational"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:390
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Educational Games"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:391
msgid "Edit Directive(s)"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:391
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Editing directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:392
msgid "Change Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:392
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Changing the note at the cursor to the nearest ..."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:393
msgid "Edit Duration"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:393
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Changes the duration of the current note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:394
msgid "Change Rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:394
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Changes the duration of the current rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:395
msgid "Expression Marks"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:395
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Dynamics, staccato, slurs, ties and other expressive marks"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:396
msgid "Dynamic markings"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:397
msgid "Ornaments"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:397
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"grace notes etc"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:398
msgid "Other"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:398
msgid "Lyrics, chord symbols, figured basses etc"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:399
msgid "Others"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:399
msgid "Less used actions"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:400
msgid "Favorites"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:400
msgid ""
"Customized LilyPond inserts. Store often-used inserts here labelled with "
"what they do"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:401
msgid "Add Favorite"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:401
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Add a custom LilyPond insert to favorites menu"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:402
msgid "Tuplets"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:402
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Entering triplets and other tuplets"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:403
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Deleting notes, measures staffs keysigs etc"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:404
msgid "Beaming"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:404
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Beaming - controlling which notes are beamed together"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:405
msgid "Conditional Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:405
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"For making directives apply only to one score layout or be omitted from one "
"score layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:406
msgid "MIDI Keyboard"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:406
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"For affecting how MIDI in works. MIDI in refers to MIDI keyboards or other "
"controllers connected to the computer. You may need to configure this using "
"the Audio/MIDI section of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:407
msgid "PC Keyboard"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:407
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Choose between different ways of entering notes from the computer keyboard."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:408
msgid "Mouse"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:408
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Choose between different ways of using the mouse."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:409
msgid "Print Transposed"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:409
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Transposing the score when typesetting."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:410
msgid "Start/Stop Transposing"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:410
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Inserting markers to start/stop transposition when typesetting. The markers "
"affect only the music in the staff/voice they are placed in."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:411
msgid "Inserting Barlines"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:411
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Different sorts of barline (repeat barlines, double bars, end of "
"movement ...)"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:412
msgid "Seek"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:412
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Moving the Denemo cursor forwards/backwards to find useful places in the "
"score"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:413
msgid "Titles"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:413
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Various titling schemes, (main title, movement titles, composer etc) and "
"adding table of contents, critical commentary"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:414
msgid "Print Layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:414
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to affect the layout of the typeset score."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:415
msgid "Capture Score"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:415
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to embed images taken from original manuscripts etc into the score "
"(one for each measure)"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:416
msgid "Ossia"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:416
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Creating an Ossia staff, which appears with alternative interpretations for "
"a bar or two on typesetting"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:417
msgid "Bar Numbering"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:417
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands for setting how often bar numbers appear in the typeset version of "
"this staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:418
msgid "Staff Groupings (Braces)"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:418
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Various sorts of brace linking the staffs together. These may be nested, see "
"the Score Layout view for a display of the staff groups created."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:419
msgid "Add Note Above Base of Chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:419
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Adding notes to the chord at the cursor at various intervals above base note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:420
msgid "Add Note Below Top of Chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:420
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Adding notes to the chord at the cursor at various intervals below the top-"
"most note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:421
msgid "Change Duration of Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:421
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to include other durations in a chord (instead of polyphony - this "
"is specialized stuff!) The note at the cursor height is altered."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:422
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Fingerings (numbers) to typeset near to notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:423
msgid "Transpose Music"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:423
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Alters the note/chord at the cursor or the selection transposing it by the "
"interval chosen. This alters the music in the score - see other transpose "
"options for transposing the printed output, leaving the music untouched."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:424
msgid "Make a Directive Conditional"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:424
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Mark the directive at the cursor as applying to just the current score "
"layout, or to exclude the current layout. Use this for example to exclude "
"redundant first and second time markings in parts which don't need them."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:425
msgid "Single Random Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:425
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"To insert random notes at cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:426
msgid "Generate Rhythm from String"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:426
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Creating rhythms from a sequence of characters."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:427
msgid "Notation Magick"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:427
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Methods of generating music of guided randomness"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:428
msgid "Display Zoom"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:428
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Zooming the Denemo display. Usually Control and mouse wheel are used for "
"this."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:429
msgid "Aural Training"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:429
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Games for testing your musical ear"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:430
msgid "Note Reading"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:430
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Games for testing your music reading ability. Notice there is (elsewhere) "
"the Checking Pitches feature which lets you test your ability to play via "
"Midi Controller."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:431
msgid "Simple Titling"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:431
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to place titles etc at the start of the music (and each movement if "
"needed). Do not mix with Book Titles."
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:432
msgid "Book Titling"
msgstr ""

#: src/entries.h:432
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"Commands to create a title page, table of contents, commentaries, appendices "
"etc."
msgstr ""

#: src/exportabc.c:86
msgid "%{error. defaulting to%}C"
msgstr ""

#: src/exportabc.c:125 src/exportlilypond.c:354
msgid "%{error. defaulting to%}treble"
msgstr ""

#: src/exportabc.c:353
#, c-format
msgid "%% ABC file generated by Denemo version "
msgstr ""

#: src/exportlilypond.c:150 src/exportlilypond.c:158
#, c-format
msgid "Switch to Layout \"%s\""
msgstr ""

#: src/exportlilypond.c:167
msgid "Create Standard Score Layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/exportlilypond.c:215
msgid "Score Layout Options"
msgstr ""

#: src/exportlilypond.c:223
msgid "Temporary Score Layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/exportlilypond.c:314
msgid "%{error. defaulting to%}c"
msgstr ""

#: src/exportlilypond.c:1473
#, c-format
msgid "%% LilyPond file generated by Denemo version "
msgstr ""

#: src/external.c:73
#, c-format
msgid "Could not parse command line: %s\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:76
msgid "Denemo XML format (*.denemo)"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:77
msgid "Denemo XML format (*.dnm)"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:78
msgid "Lilypond (*.ly)"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:79
msgid "PDF (*.pdf)"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:80
msgid "PNG Image format (*.png)"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:81
msgid "ABC (*.abc)"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:82
msgid "Midi (*.mid, *.midi)"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:83
msgid "CSound Score File (*.sco)"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:84
msgid "MusicXML file (*.mxml, *.xml)"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:141
msgid "Close without Saving"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:189
#, c-format
msgid "The score %s has unsaved changes"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:189 src/utils.c:1272
msgid "(Untitled)"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:190
msgid "Save changes?"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:223
#, c-format
msgid "Load of recently used file %s failed"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:1041
msgid "Export As "
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:1131
#, c-format
msgid "A file with the name %s already exists"
msgstr ""

#: src/file.c:1132 src/lilydirectives.c:2257 src/view.c:7757
msgid "Do you want to replace it?"
msgstr ""

#: src/fluid.c:173
msgid "Choose SoundFont File"
msgstr ""

#: src/help.c:28
msgid "GNU Denemo"
msgstr ""

#: src/help.c:30
msgid "Free and Open Music Notation Editor"
msgstr ""

#: src/help.c:35
msgid "Denemo Website"
msgstr ""

#: src/help.c:38
msgid ""
"(c) 1999 - 2010 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, and others.\n"
"\n"
"http://www.denemo.org\n"
"\n"
"This program is licensed under the terms of the GNU\n"
"General Public License and is provided with absolutely\n"
"NO WARRANTY; see the file COPYING for details."
msgstr ""

#: src/help.c:82
#, c-format
msgid "Could not find %s in the path"
msgstr ""

#: src/help.c:85
msgid "Please edit the chosen browser in the preferences."
msgstr ""

#: src/help.c:105
#, c-format
msgid "Could not execute specified web browser: %s\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/importxml.c:2608 src/importxml.c:2612
msgid "Obsolete form, use earlier Denemo version to convert"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-custom.c:633
msgid "Keyboard shortcuts could not be found"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-custom.c:638
msgid ""
"No commands file was found in either the systemwide Denemo directory or in ."
"denemo directory within your home directory. This is an installation error. "
"You can use Edit/Command Management to construct a custom interface or to "
"load one from a commandset file."
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-custom.c:1322
#, c-format
msgid "The Command %s Responds to the Shortcut %s"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-custom.c:1323
#, c-format
msgid "Lose the shortcut %s for this?"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-custom.c:1914
msgid "Commands"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-custom.c:1923
msgid "Hidden"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-custom.c:1935
msgid "Deleted"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-custom.c:2075
msgid "Shortcuts"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:143
msgid "No command has this keyboard shortcut"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:178
msgid "Press a shortcut sequence for this command"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:199
msgid "Press a shortcut sequence whose command you seek"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:322
msgid "Command Manager"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:329
msgid ""
"This dialog allows you to set shortcuts for commands. As there are so many "
"commands it is best to launch the dialog from the command that you wish to "
"change.\n"
"(Do this by right clicking on the menu item of the command\n"
"this dialog then comes up with the command highlighted).\n"
"You can set single-key or two-key shortcuts, or mouse shortcuts.\n"
"You can also hide commands, so they don't appear in the menus.\n"
"When you are finished you can save the settings as your default command set, "
"or as a command set which you may wish to load in the future.\n"
"This dialog is also where you can load such a stored command set."
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:339
msgid "Help for Selected Command"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:360
msgid "Save as Default Command Set"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:364
msgid ""
"Use this to save the changes you have made so that they are used every time "
"you start Denemo. The changes are stored under a directory (folder) called ."
"denemo-* in your home directory. Look in subdirectory actions for Default."
"commands"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:366
msgid "Save as a Custom Command Set"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:371
msgid "Load a Standard Command Set"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:377
msgid "Load a Custom Command Set"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:414
msgid "Add 1-Key Shortcut"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:415
msgid ""
"Create a single keypress (with modifier keys - Control, Shift ... - if "
"needed) as a keyboard shortcut for the currently selected command."
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:421
msgid "Add 2-Key Shortcut"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:422
msgid ""
"Create a two keypress sequence as a keyboard shortcut for the currently "
"selected command."
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:426
msgid "Find "
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:427
msgid ""
"Finds the command (if any) for a Keyboard Shortcut\n"
"Click button then press the key shortcut you are looking for"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:463
msgid "Setting the Cursor Shape for Mouse Ops"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:473
msgid ""
"Cursor Shape 0.\n"
"Mouse Operation Right Drag.\n"
"Keyboard: None."
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:481
msgid "Right Drag"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:485
msgid "Mouse Move"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:489
msgid "Left Drag"
msgstr ""

#: src/kbd-interface.c:496
msgid "Cursor Shape #"
msgstr ""

#: src/keyboard.c:136
msgid ""
"Menu:\n"
"named \""
msgstr ""

#: src/keyboard.c:136
msgid "\" located at "
msgstr ""

#: src/keyboard.c:136
msgid " in the menu system"
msgstr ""

#: src/keyboard.c:255
msgid "No indication what this done beyond the name and label :("
msgstr ""

#: src/keyboard.c:750
msgid "Return"
msgstr ""

#: src/keysigdialog.c:355
msgid "Change initial key signature"
msgstr ""

#: src/keysigdialog.c:358
msgid "Insert key signature change"
msgstr ""

#: src/keysigdialog.c:396
msgid "Select desired key signature"
msgstr ""

#: src/keysigdialog.c:399
msgid "Major"
msgstr ""

#: src/keysigdialog.c:405
msgid "Minor"
msgstr ""

#: src/keysigdialog.c:418
msgid "Current Staff Only?"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:196 src/lilydirectives.c:203
msgid "You must put the cursor on a chord to attach LilyPond"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:210
msgid "You must put the cursor on a note to attach LilyPond to the note"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:246
msgid "Error in attach type"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:258 src/lilydirectives.c:260
msgid "Attach LilyPond"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:258
msgid "Give text to place before the note"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:259
msgid "Attach LilyPond to Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:259
msgid "Attach LilyPond to Chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:259
msgid "Give LilyPond text to postfix to note of chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:259
msgid "Give LilyPond text to postfix to chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:260 src/lilydirectives.c:361
msgid "Give Display text if required"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:358 src/lilydirectives.c:361 src/scorelayout.c:840
msgid "Insert LilyPond"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:358
msgid "Give LilyPond text to insert"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:1339
msgid "Repeat the command?"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:1351
msgid "Could not get directives list to delete from"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:1370
msgid "Denemo Editor:Newline to update, Esc for Advanced Edit"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:1444
msgid "Cannot delete via this mechanism, sorry"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:1515
#, c-format
msgid ""
"This button was created for the Denemo Directive whose tag is %s. Usually "
"you click on it to alter the setting made or perform the action it is "
"labelled with"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:1941 src/lilydirectives.c:2045
msgid "Select Directive"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:1983
msgid "Select a directive attached to the tuplet marker"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:1993
msgid "Select a directive attached to the stemdir marker"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2011 src/lilydirectives.c:2036
#, c-format
msgid "Select a directive attached to the note \"%s\""
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2024
msgid "Select a directive attached to the chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2043
#, c-format
msgid "Select the directive %s on note \"%s\"?"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2091
msgid "No object here to edit"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2137
msgid ""
"Nothing to edit on this stem directive - use controls in Staffs->Voices menu"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2143
msgid ""
"This marks the start of a tuplet (that is triplets etc) - after the notes "
"there should be a corresponding end of tuplet object.\n"
"See the Notes/Rests->Tuplets for control over how tuplets print"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2147
msgid ""
"This marks the end of a tuplet (that is triplets etc) - it should come in "
"the same measure as the tuplet start marker.\n"
"See the Notes/Rests->Tuplets for control over how tuplets print"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2150
msgid "No method for editing this type of object"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2245
#, c-format
msgid "Could not get contents of %s\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2257
msgid "There is already an edit script for this tag"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2264
msgid "Wrote edit script file to ~/.denemo/editscripts"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2293
msgid "Low Level Denemo Directive Edit"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2300
msgid "Delete Directive"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2301
msgid "Create Script"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2353
msgid " x:"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2360
msgid " y:"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2368
msgid "Postfix"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2369
msgid "Prefix"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2370
msgid "Display text"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2371
msgid "Text Position"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2372
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2373
msgid "Graphic Position"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2374
msgid "Tag"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2375
msgid "LilyPond Grob Name"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2376
msgid "MidiBytes"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2377
msgid "Override Mask"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2378
msgid "Minimum pixel width"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2379
msgid "Only Applies to Layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2380
msgid "Ignored by Layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2384
msgid "Get Edit Script"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2387
msgid "Put Edit Script"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2392
msgid "Upload Edit Script"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2396 src/view.c:8400
msgid "Show Current Script"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2486 src/lilydirectives.c:2546
msgid "Directive Delete"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2486 src/lilydirectives.c:2546
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the directive?"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2510
msgid "Use the ObjectMenu to modify this object - there are no directives here"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2537
msgid "No directives here"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2541
msgid "No directive selected"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2549 src/view.c:7589
#: actions/commandscripts/Upbeat.scm:51
msgid "Operation cancelled"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2558
msgid "Select a score directive"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2565
msgid "Select a score header block directive"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2572
msgid "Select a score paper block directive"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2580
msgid "Select a movement header block directive"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2586
msgid "Select a movement layout block directive"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2593
msgid "Select a movement control directive"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2601
msgid "Select a clef directive"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2609
msgid "Select a key signature directive"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2617 src/lilydirectives.c:2625
#: src/lilydirectives.c:2633
msgid "Select a time signature directive"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2644
msgid "Select a staff directive"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2653
msgid "Select a voice directive"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2773
msgid "ScoreDirectives"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2774
msgid "Score Header Block Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2775
msgid "Score Paper Block Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2776 src/lilydirectives.c:2830
msgid "Movement Header Block Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2828
msgid "Layout Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/lilydirectives.c:2829
msgid "Movement Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/lyric.c:32
msgid ""
"The text of a verse can be typed or pasted here. The space between syllables "
"determines which syllable goes beneath which note(s).\n"
"New lines have no special significance for this. Slurs on notes make them "
"take only one syllable. Use the underscore _ for blank syllables and the "
"hyphen - for extending syllables."
msgstr ""

#: src/main.c:99
#, c-format
msgid "Parent: child exited, pid = %d, exit status = %d\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/main.c:107
#, c-format
msgid "Parent: child terminated by signal %d, pid = %d\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/main.c:115
#, c-format
msgid "Parent: child stopped by signal %d, pid = %d\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/main.c:121
#, c-format
msgid "Parent: child exited magically, pid = %d\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/main.c:410 src/main.c:459
msgid ""
"\n"
"GNU Denemo version "
msgstr ""

#: src/main.c:411
msgid ""
"Usage: denemo [OPTION]... [FILE]\n"
"\n"
"Run denemo, optionally starting with FILE\n"
"\n"
"Denemo is a graphical music notation editor.\n"
"It uses GNU Lilypond for music typesetting\n"
"Denemo is part of the GNU project.\n"
"\n"
"Options:\n"
"  -h,--help             print this help and exit\n"
"  -c file               use commandset found in system file\n"
"  -k file               use commandset found in local file (in ~/.denemo)\n"
"  -i pathtofile         process scheme commands in pathtofile on file open\n"
"  -s filename           process scheme commands from system file on file "
"open\n"
"  -a scheme             process the scheme on startup\n"
"  -n                    non-interactive. No GUI.\n"
"  -v,--version          print version number and exit\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"Report bugs to http://www.denemo.org\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/main.c:428
msgid ""
"(c) 1999-2005, 2009 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, and others, 2010-2011 Richard "
"Shann, Jeremiah Benham, Nils Gey and others.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"This program is provided with absolutely NO WARRANTY; see\n"
"the file COPYING for details.\n"
"\n"
"This software may be redistributed and modified under the\n"
"terms of the GNU General Public License; again, see the file\n"
"COPYING for details.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/main.c:492
msgid ""
"\n"
"GNU Denemo, a free and open music notation editor\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/measureops.c:202
msgid ""
"removemeasures: received request to delete more measures                   "
"than exist.  Junking request."
msgstr ""

#: src/mwidthdialog.c:61
msgid "Set minimum measure width"
msgstr ""

#: src/mwidthdialog.c:68
msgid "Enter width (in pixels) of measures:"
msgstr ""

#: src/pitchentry.c:1131
msgid "flatten "
msgstr ""

#: src/pitchentry.c:1142
msgid "sharpen"
msgstr ""

#: src/pitchentry.c:1161
msgid "Set the musical temperament (tuning) to be used for playback."
msgstr ""

#: src/playback.c:108
msgid "Play range in seconds:"
msgstr ""

#: src/playback.c:124
msgid "Play from time"
msgstr ""

#: src/playback.c:133 src/print.c:689
msgid "to"
msgstr ""

#: src/playbackprops.c:59
msgid "Playback properties"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:420
msgid "Preferences - Denemo"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:537
msgid "Highlight the cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:539
msgid "Display general toolbar"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:540
msgid "Display Note/Rest entry toolbar"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:542
msgid "Display Controls for Incoming MIDI signals"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:543
msgid "Display Controls for Playback"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:545
msgid "Display console pane"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:546
msgid "Display lyrics pane"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:547
msgid "Display titles, controls etc"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:549
msgid "Display Music Snippets"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:550
msgid "Display menu of objects toolbar"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:552
#, no-c-format
msgid "% Zoom"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:554
#, no-c-format
msgid "% of display height per system"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:559
msgid "Pitch Entry"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:561
msgid "Temperament"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:562
msgid "Use Overlays"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:563
msgid "Continuous Entry"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:568
msgid "Command Behavior"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:569
msgid "Profile"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:571
msgid "Apply commands to selection if present"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:572
msgid "Allow Quick Setting of Shortcuts"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:575
msgid "Strict Shortcuts"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:576
msgid "Menu Navigation by Keypress"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:577
msgid "Treat Return key as movable shortcut"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:578
msgid "Turn on all tooltips"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:579
msgid "Tooltip timeout in ms. (0 to use system preference)"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:580
msgid "Tooltip browse timeout in ms"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:581
msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout in ms"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:585
msgid "Externals"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:587
msgid "Path to Lilypond"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:588
msgid "Pdf Viewer"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:589
msgid "File/Internet Browser"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:591
msgid "Image Viewer"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:593
msgid "Audio Player"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:594
msgid "Default Font Specification"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:596
msgid "Default Save Path"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:597
msgid "Update the command set on startup"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:601
msgid "Auto-Typeset"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:605
msgid "Manually update the typeset score"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:606
msgid "Rate of re-typeset in ms"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:607
msgid "Type: (0=Range, 1=Movement, 2=Whole Score)"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:608
msgid "Measures before cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:609
msgid "Measures after cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:610
msgid "Staffs before cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:611
msgid "Staffs after cursor"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:615
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:616
msgid "Re-use last settings on startup"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:617
msgid "Playback Display Refresh"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:618
msgid "Page Turn Steps"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:622
msgid "Excerpt Resolution"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:623
msgid "Enable Thumbnails"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:624
msgid "Max recent files"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:625
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:626
msgid "Password for Denemo.org"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:627
msgid "Use Denemo modally"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:631
msgid "Autosave every"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:642
msgid "minute(s)"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:647
msgid "Autosave Parts"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:651
msgid "Audio/MIDI"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:653
msgid "Play back entered notes immediately"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:654
msgid "Pitch Spelling Channel"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:655
msgid "Pitch Spelling Program"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:657
msgid "Rhythm Entry for MIDI in"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:659
msgid "% MIDI-in Dynamic Compression"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:684
msgid "Connect to port (left)"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:685
msgid "Connect to port (right)"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:709 src/prefdialog.c:768
msgid "Output device"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:712
msgid "Sample rate"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:713
msgid "Period size"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:730
msgid "MIDI backend"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:744
msgid "Connect input to port"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:745
msgid "Connect output to port"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:767
msgid "Input device"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:785
msgid "Soundfont"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:789
msgid "Choose Soundfont"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:797
msgid "Enable Reverb on soundfont"
msgstr ""

#: src/prefdialog.c:798
msgid "Enable Chorus on soundfont"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:192
#, c-format
msgid "Could not find %s"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:195
msgid "Please edit lilypond path in the preferences."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:665
msgid "Print Excerpt Range"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:680
msgid "Print from Measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1146
msgid "Possibly Invalid"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1147
msgid "Cursor not moved."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1150
msgid "Check Score."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1151
msgid "Cursor may have moved to error point in the score."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1154
msgid "INVALID!"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1155
msgid "LilyPond could not typeset this score."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1173 src/print.c:2851
msgid "Current Movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1175
msgid "Excerpt Only"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1427
msgid "No selection to print"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1810
msgid "PDF creation"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1831
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Errno %d:\n"
"Could not copy %s to %s. Perhaps because some other process is using the "
"destination file. Try again with a new location\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1866
msgid "Now select the notehead of the note where the slur ends"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1866
msgid "Now select the notehead of the note where the beam ends"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1870 src/print.c:2466
msgid ""
"Now drag the begin/end markers to suggest slur position/angle\n"
"Right click when done."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1871 src/print.c:2467
msgid ""
"Now drag the begin/end markers to set position/angle of beam\n"
"Right click when done."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1983
msgid "Slur Angle/Position"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1983
msgid "Repeat Slur Positioning Hint?"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1990
msgid "Slur Shape"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:1990
msgid "Repeat Shaping Slur?"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2217
msgid "Operation Cancelled"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2236
msgid ""
"To tweak the positions of objects (and more) move the mouse until the hand "
"pointer appears\n"
"Click on the object and follow the prompts.\n"
"For beams, click on the notehead of the note where the beam starts."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2249
msgid "Apply"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2259
msgid "Help for Tweaks"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2260
msgid ""
"This window can be used to tweak the typesetting that LilyPond does in the "
"case that it is not optimal"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2264
msgid "Red dots and crosses (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2265
msgid ""
"The exact positions of the graphical components of the score will be "
"labelled with red dots\n"
"and the control points for curves with red crosses for accurate tweaks\n"
"Turn these off before printing!"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2270
msgid "Score Size"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2275
msgid "Repeat"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2694
msgid "Manual Updates"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2695
msgid "Continuous"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2803
msgid "Measures before cursor:"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2812
msgid "Measures after cursor:"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2823
msgid "Staffs before cursor:"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2831
msgid "Staffs after cursor:"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2846
msgid "All Movements"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2848
msgid "If checked the current layout is re-typeset at every change"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2853
msgid "If checked the current movement is re-typeset at every change"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2857
msgid "Cursor Context"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2859
msgid ""
"If checked the range around the current cursor position is re-typeset at "
"every change or when the cursor moves out of range."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2880
msgid "Set background updates on/off."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2884
msgid "Range"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2885
msgid "Set how much of the score to re-draw."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2899
msgid ""
"Set background updater on/off. This controls if typesetting is re-done after "
"each change to the music. The amount of the score to be re-typeset can be "
"set via this button."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2922
msgid ""
"Pops up a Print dialog. From this you can send your typeset score to a "
"printer or to a PDF file."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2926
msgid "PDF"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2927
msgid "Exports a pdf file for this layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2931 actions/commandscripts/PrintScoreAndParts.scm:9
msgid "Full Score"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2932
msgid ""
"Typesets the music using the default score layout. See View->Score Layouts "
"to see other layouts you have created."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2938 src/scorelayout.c:1539 src/utils.c:1413
msgid "Movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2939
msgid ""
"Typesets the music from the current movement. This creates a score layout "
"comprising one movement."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2943
msgid "Part"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2944
msgid ""
"Typesets the music from the current part for all movements. A part is all "
"the music with the same staff-name. This creates a score layout with one "
"part, all movements."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2948 src/scorelayout.c:487
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2949
msgid ""
"Re-issues the last print command. Use this after modifying the file to "
"repeat the typesetting."
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2960
msgid "Duplex"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2961
msgid ""
"Shows pages side by side, so you can see page turns for back-to-back "
"printing\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2965
msgid "Next"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2966
msgid ""
"Move to the next page - you can also scroll with the scroll-wheel, and zoom "
"with control-wheel"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2969
msgid "Previous"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2970
msgid ""
"Move to the previous page - you can also scroll with the scroll-wheel, and "
"zoom with control-wheel"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:2978
msgid "Denemo Print View"
msgstr ""

#: src/print.c:3000
msgid ""
"This window shows the final typeset score from which you can print or (via "
"print to file) create a PDF document.\n"
"This will be continuously updated while you edit the music in the main "
"window.\n"
"In this Print View window you can click on a note to move to that place in "
"the main Denemo display window. The right-click to get a menu of \"tweaks\" "
"which you can apply to drag slurs, beams etc if they are not quite right.\n"
"<b>Note</b>: It can take some time to generate a beautifully typeset score, "
"especially for a large score on a slow machine so choose just a range to be "
"continually updated in that case, or turn off continuous update."
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:318
msgid "Insert A"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:318
msgid ""
"Inserts note A before note at cursor\n"
"Cursor determines which octave\n"
"Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:319
msgid "Insert A After"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:319
msgid ""
"Inserts note A after note at cursor\n"
"Cursor determines which octave\n"
"Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:320
msgid "Add A"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:320
msgid ""
"Adds note A to the chord at cursor\n"
"Cursor height determines which octave"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:321
msgid "Change to A"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:321
msgid ""
"Changes note at cursor to nearest note A\n"
"Rhythm is unchanged"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:322
msgid "Move to A"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:322
msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note A"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:323
msgid "Insert B"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:323
msgid ""
"Inserts note B before note at cursor\n"
"Cursor determines which octave\n"
"Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:324
msgid "Insert B After"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:324
msgid ""
"Inserts note B after note at cursor\n"
"Cursor determines which octave\n"
"Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:325
msgid "Add B"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:325
msgid ""
"Adds note B to the chord at cursor\n"
"Cursor height determines which octave"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:326
msgid "Change to B"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:326
msgid ""
"Changes note at cursor to nearest note B\n"
"Rhythm is unchanged"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:327
msgid "Move to B"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:327
msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note B"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:328
msgid "Insert C"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:328
msgid ""
"Inserts note C before note at cursor\n"
"Cursor determines which octave\n"
"Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:329
msgid "Insert C After"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:329
msgid ""
"Inserts note C after note at cursor\n"
"Cursor determines which octave\n"
"Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:330
msgid "Add C"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:330
msgid ""
"Adds note C to the chord at cursor\n"
"Cursor height determines which octave"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:331
msgid "Change to C"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:331
msgid ""
"Changes note at cursor to nearest note C\n"
"Rhythm is unchanged"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:332
msgid "Move to C"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:332
msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note C"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:333
msgid "Insert D"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:333
msgid ""
"Inserts note D before note at cursor\n"
"Cursor determines which octave\n"
"Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:334
msgid "Insert D After"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:334
msgid ""
"Inserts note D after note at cursor\n"
"Cursor determines which octave\n"
"Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:335
msgid "Add D"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:335
msgid ""
"Adds note D to the chord at cursor\n"
"Cursor height determines which octave"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:336
msgid "Change to D"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:336
msgid ""
"Changes note at cursor to nearest note D\n"
"Rhythm is unchanged"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:337
msgid "Move to D"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:337
msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note D"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:338
msgid "Insert E"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:338
msgid ""
"Inserts note E before note at cursor\n"
"Cursor determines which octave\n"
"Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:339
msgid "Insert E After"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:339
msgid ""
"Inserts note E after note at cursor\n"
"Cursor determines which octave\n"
"Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:340
msgid "Add E"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:340
msgid ""
"Adds note E to the chord at cursor\n"
"Cursor height determines which octave"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:341
msgid "Change to E"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:341
msgid ""
"Changes note at cursor to nearest note E\n"
"Rhythm is unchanged"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:342
msgid "Move to E"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:342
msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note E"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:343
msgid "Insert F"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:343
msgid ""
"Inserts note F before note at cursor\n"
"Cursor determines which octave\n"
"Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:344
msgid "Insert F After"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:344
msgid ""
"Inserts note F after note at cursor\n"
"Cursor determines which octave\n"
"Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:345
msgid "Add F"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:345
msgid ""
"Adds note F to the chord at cursor\n"
"Cursor height determines which octave"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:346
msgid "Change to F"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:346
msgid ""
"Changes note at cursor to nearest note F\n"
"Rhythm is unchanged"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:347
msgid "Move to F"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:347
msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note F"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:348
msgid "Insert G"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:348
msgid ""
"Inserts note G before note at cursor\n"
"Cursor determines which octave\n"
"Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:349
msgid "Insert G After"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:349
msgid ""
"Inserts note G after note at cursor\n"
"Cursor determines which octave\n"
"Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:350
msgid "Add G"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:350
msgid ""
"Adds note G to the chord at cursor\n"
"Cursor height determines which octave"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:351
msgid "Change to G"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:351
msgid ""
"Changes note at cursor to nearest note G\n"
"Rhythm is unchanged"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:352
msgid "Move to G"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:352
msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note G"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:353 src/register_commands.h:354
#: src/register_commands.h:355 src/register_commands.h:358
msgid "𝅝"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:353
msgid ""
"When appending, appends a 𝅝 \n"
"With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅝  before the current note\n"
"The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-"
"sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n"
" - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:354
msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅝"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:355
msgid "Insert a 𝅝"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:356
msgid "Insert a 𝄻"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:356
msgid ""
"Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅝"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:357
msgid "Change a 𝄻"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:357
msgid ""
"Changes a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅝"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:358
msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅝"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:367 src/register_commands.h:368
#: src/register_commands.h:369 src/register_commands.h:372
msgid "𝅗𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:367
msgid ""
"When appending, appends a 𝅗𝅥 \n"
"With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅗𝅥  before the current note\n"
"The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-"
"sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n"
" - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:368
msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅗𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:369
msgid "Insert a 𝅗𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:370
msgid "Insert a 𝄼"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:370
msgid ""
"Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅗𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:371
msgid "Change a 𝄼"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:371
msgid ""
"Changes a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅗𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:372
msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅗𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:381 src/register_commands.h:382
#: src/register_commands.h:383 src/register_commands.h:386
msgid "𝅘𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:381
msgid ""
"When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥 \n"
"With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥  before the current note\n"
"The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-"
"sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n"
" - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:382
msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:383
msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:384
msgid "Insert a 𝄽"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:384
msgid ""
"Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:385
msgid "Change a 𝄽"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:385
msgid ""
"Changes a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:386
msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:395 src/register_commands.h:396
#: src/register_commands.h:397 src/register_commands.h:400
msgid "𝅘𝅥𝅮"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:395
msgid ""
"When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 \n"
"With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮  before the current note\n"
"The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-"
"sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n"
" - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:396
msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:397
msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:398
msgid "Insert a 𝄾"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:398
msgid ""
"Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:399
msgid "Change a 𝄾"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:399
msgid ""
"Changes a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:400
msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅮"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:409 src/register_commands.h:410
#: src/register_commands.h:411 src/register_commands.h:414
msgid "𝅘𝅥𝅯"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:409
msgid ""
"When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 \n"
"With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯  before the current note\n"
"The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-"
"sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n"
" - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:410
msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:411
msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:412
msgid "Insert a 𝄿"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:412
msgid ""
"Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:413
msgid "Change a 𝄿"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:413
msgid ""
"Changes a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:414
msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅯"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:423 src/register_commands.h:424
#: src/register_commands.h:425 src/register_commands.h:428
msgid "𝅘𝅥𝅰"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:423
msgid ""
"When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 \n"
"With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰  before the current note\n"
"The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-"
"sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n"
" - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:424
msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:425
msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:426
msgid "Insert a 𝅀"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:426
msgid ""
"Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:427
msgid "Change a 𝅀"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:427
msgid ""
"Changes a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:428
msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅰"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:437 src/register_commands.h:438
#: src/register_commands.h:439 src/register_commands.h:442
msgid "𝅘𝅥𝅱"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:437
msgid ""
"When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅱 \n"
"With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅱  before the current note\n"
"The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-"
"sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n"
" - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:438
msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:439
msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:440
msgid "Insert a 𝅁"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:440
msgid ""
"Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:441
msgid "Change a 𝅁"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:441
msgid ""
"Changes a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:442
msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅱"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:451 src/register_commands.h:452
#: src/register_commands.h:453 src/register_commands.h:456
msgid "𝅘𝅥𝅲"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:451
msgid ""
"When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅲 \n"
"With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅲  before the current note\n"
"The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-"
"sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n"
" - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:452
msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:453
msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:454
msgid "Insert a 𝅂"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:454
msgid ""
"Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:455
msgid "Change a 𝅂"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:455
msgid ""
"Changes a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:456
msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅲"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:465 src/register_commands.h:466
#: src/register_commands.h:467 src/register_commands.h:470
msgid "𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:465
msgid ""
"When appending, appends a 𝅥 \n"
"With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅥  before the current note\n"
"The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-"
"sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n"
" - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:466
msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:467
msgid "Insert a 𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:468
msgid "Insert a 𝅃"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:468
msgid ""
"Inserts a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:469
msgid "Change a 𝅃"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:469
msgid ""
"Changes a rest at cursor position\n"
"Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/register_commands.h:470
msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅥"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:296
msgid "New Score Layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:296
msgid "Give a name for this new score layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:296
msgid "Custom Layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:455
msgid "Actions for this Layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:459
msgid "Typeset"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:460
msgid ""
"Typeset the score using this layout to determine which movements, parts, "
"titles, page breaks etc should be used"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:465
msgid "Edit LilyPond Text of Layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:466
msgid "Opens the LilyPond window for further editing."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:469
msgid "Duplicate"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:470
msgid "Create a duplicate of this layout."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:476
msgid "Convert to LilyPond Text"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:477
msgid "Converts this layout to LilyPond text for further editing."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:483
msgid "Discard this customized score layout."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:488
msgid ""
"Re-calculate this layout to incorporate changes made to the score structure."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:492
msgid "Customize"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:493
msgid "Create a layout from this standard layout that you can then modify."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:497
msgid "Discard this standard score layout."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:600
msgid "Edit the voice directives for this layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:605
msgid ""
"Delete this voice from the score layout\n"
"Note that if it is the first voice the clef time and keysignatures will be "
"deleted too."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:610
msgid "Initial Signatures"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:613
msgid ""
"Click here to view and edit the clef, key and time signatures of this staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:619
msgid ""
"Edit the LilyPond definition of the clef. The editing affects only this "
"layout."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:624
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:625
msgid ""
"Edit the LilyPond definition of the key signature. The editing affects only "
"this layout."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:630
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:631
msgid ""
"Edit the LilyPond definition of the time signature. The editing affects only "
"this layout."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:639
msgid ""
"The clef, time and key signatures attached to other voices are ignored, only "
"the primary one has effect"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:642
msgid "Music for "
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:644
msgid ""
"The actual notes live here. You can only edit these in the main Denemo "
"display.\n"
"However you can place conditional directives that are to be used only when "
"using this layout. For example page breaks just for this layout can be "
"placed at points in the music.\n"
"Click here to move the Denemo cursor to the start of this music."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:650
msgid "Substitute"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:651
msgid ""
"Substitute the music of this staff with the music of another staff.\n"
"For example changing \\MvmntIVoiceI to \\MvmntIVoiceII will change the music "
"from that of the first to the second staff. The editing affects only this "
"layout."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:665
msgid "Drop this lyric part from the score layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:673
msgid "Move this lyric part above the staff for this score layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:677
msgid "Move this lyric part below the staff for this score layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:742
msgid "Edit LilyPond"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:742
msgid ""
"Edit this using LilyPond syntax\n"
"The editing applies just to this score layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:775
msgid "Edit this element for this layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:779
msgid "Move this element upwards for this score layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:783
msgid "Move this element downwards for this score layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:787
msgid "Remove this element from this layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:804
msgid "This forces a new page, useful for avoiding page turns\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:811
msgid "Blank Page"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:812
msgid ""
"This prints a page intentionally left blank, useful for avoiding page turns\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:820
msgid ""
"This lets you insert your own titles etc just for this layout.\n"
"For book titles use \\titledPiece \\markup \"myname\"\n"
"Simple titles are not placed here, but appear in a header block at the end "
"of the movement.\n"
"For other possible uses, see LilyPond manual."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:830
msgid "Create Page Break"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:831
msgid ""
"This inserts a page break, useful for avoiding page turns\n"
"Move it before the title (using the up arrow) once created!"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:835
msgid "Create Blank Page"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:836
msgid ""
"This inserts a page intentionally left blank, useful for avoiding page turns "
"when printing on both sides of the paper"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:841
msgid ""
"This creates a LilyPond comment which you can then edit to give titles etc "
"for this movment, applying just to this layout."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:871
msgid ""
"This button is for changing the score itself, it will not affect this custom "
"layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:880
msgid "Movement Titles, Page Breaks etc"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:881
msgid ""
"In here are settings for the movement title, page breaks before the movement "
"etc"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:890
msgid "Create Titles for Movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:892
msgid "Set book titles for this movement in the score"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:895
msgid "Create for Custom Layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:896
msgid "Create page breaks, blank pages ...for this layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1086
msgid ""
"This brace connects together several staffs - you can delete it for a "
"customized layout."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1100
msgid "Remove this staff brace from these staffs for a customized layout."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1107
msgid "Extend this staff group upwards for customized layout."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1111
msgid "Extend this staff group downwards for customized layout."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1189
msgid ""
"This shows the clef in the Denemo score - the actual clef printed may be "
"modified by Directives attached to it.\n"
"You can edit the clef for a custom layout - do this on the first voice on "
"the staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1193
msgid "Move this staff (with all its voices) above the preceding staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1197
msgid "Move this staff (with all its voices) after the following staff."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1202
msgid "Remove this staff (with all its voices) for customized layout."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1231 src/scorelayout.c:1258
msgid "The Staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1231
msgid "The Staffs"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1233
msgid "This holds the staffs below which are the voices with the music."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1258
#, c-format
msgid "Staff %d"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1266
msgid ""
"Click for a menu to position the Denemo cursor on this staff\n"
"or to alter this staff for a customized layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1270
msgid "Move Denemo Cursor to this staff"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1271
msgid ""
"This will move the Denemo Cursor to the start of this staff in this movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1277
msgid "Edit Staff Properties"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1278
msgid ""
"Edit the properties of the staff to customize this layout\n"
"Take care only alter the obvious bits, such as instrument name etc\n"
"Injudicious deletion of the LilyPond typesetting characters {<<# etc can "
"make the layout unreadable by the LilyPond typesetter. Just delete the "
"layout if you get stuck."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1290
msgid "Set the initial clef for this staff in the score"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1292
msgid "Set Staff Group Start/End"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1295
msgid ""
"The braces { and [ binding staffs together can be set here. Set the start on "
"one staff and the end on a later staff.\n"
"This is editing the score, not just customizing a layout.\n"
"Refresh the layout view (see under Options for this Layout button at the "
"top) once you have made the changes."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1323
msgid "Voice"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1325
msgid ""
"This holds the voice(s) of the staff - the clef, time signature, key "
"signature and music are all here"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1406 src/scorelayout.c:1539
#, c-format
msgid "Movement %d"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1423
msgid "Paper Block"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1424
msgid "Settings for whole score: includes overall staff size, paper size ...\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1430
msgid "the paper block contents"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1433
msgid "paper size"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1435
msgid "Global staff size"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1441
msgid "Score Titles"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1444
msgid ""
"Titles, layout settings, preferences etc for the whole score.\n"
"Includes main title, composer, date, instrumentation, tagline"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1452
msgid "Default tagline"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1470
msgid "Score Directives"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1471
msgid "Includes the indent before first measure, LilyPond include files ..."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1491
msgid "Score-wide Settings."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1492
msgid "Setting the score title, composer, headers and footers for this layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1497
msgid "Create Book Titles"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1500
msgid "Set book titles for the score"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1541
msgid ""
"This contains the layout of the movement- the movement title, and the actual "
"music itself"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1550
msgid "Delete this movement from the score layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1568
msgid "Header block"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1586
msgid "Layout block"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1604
msgid "Movement Epilog"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:1876
msgid ""
"This is a score layout - the brown buttons affect the score itself, not just "
"the layout.\n"
"The other buttons will customize the layout\n"
"You can have several layouts and use them to print different versions of "
"your score.\n"
"Once customized e.g. by adding page breaks, deleting certain parts etc the "
"layout will be saved with your score and can be used for printing from even "
"though you may have made corrections to the music.\n"
"Standard layouts are created by invoking the standard print commands - "
"print, print part, print movement etc.\n"
"These standard layouts provide a convenient starting point for your "
"customized layouts.<b>Note 1</b>Custom layouts are not saved for further "
"graphical editing, only the typesetting commands are saved, so, unless you "
"are familiar with LilyPond do all your work on the layout in one session."
"<b>Note 2</b>The first comment in the LilyPond text of the layout holds the "
"name of the layout. If you change it any conditional directives that are for "
"the layout will need refreshing"
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:2262
msgid ""
"The LilyPond text for this layout can be edited in the LilyPond view window."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:2268
msgid ""
"This is a customized layout, which has been transformed into instructions "
"for the LilyPond music typesetter.\n"
"This is the form in which customized layouts are stored in a Denemo score on "
"disk - the graphical interface is no longer available. You can, however "
"still edit the layout with care (and some understanding of LilyPond).\n"
"Use the View->LilyPond window to do this.\n"
"Otherwise you can delete it and create a new one from a standard layout."
msgstr ""

#: src/scorelayout.c:2292
msgid "Custom Scoreblock"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreops.c:151
msgid "This is the only movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreops.c:152
msgid "Delete it and start over?"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreops.c:161
#, c-format
msgid "This is movement #%d"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreops.c:162
msgid "Delete entire movement?"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreops.c:199
msgid "No such movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreops.c:211
msgid "No such voice"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreops.c:217
msgid "No such measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreops.c:311
msgid "This is the last movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreops.c:358
msgid "This is the first movement"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreops.c:463
msgid ""
"A button bar that can be populated by Movement titles and other user "
"generated buttons.\n"
"Generally by clicking the button you can edit the title or value or execute "
"the action of the button"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreprops.c:140
msgid "Score properties"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreprops.c:158
msgid "Display Layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreprops.c:163
msgid "Measure width (pixels):"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreprops.c:172
msgid "Staff spacing (pixels):"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreprops.c:183 src/scoreprops.c:202
msgid "Paper Size"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreprops.c:222 actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:332
msgid "Font Size"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreprops.c:228
msgid "Lilypond Version"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreprops.c:236 actions/commandscripts/PaperSize.scm:6
#: actions/commandscripts/PaperSize.scm:7
msgid "Portrait"
msgstr ""

#: src/scoreprops.c:241 actions/commandscripts/PaperSize.scm:6
msgid "Landscape"
msgstr ""

#: src/staffheightdialog.c:49
msgid "Set staff height"
msgstr ""

#: src/staffheightdialog.c:51
msgid "Enter space (in pixels) between staves:"
msgstr ""

#: src/staffops.c:318
#, c-format
msgid "poly voice %d"
msgstr ""

#: src/staffops.c:321
msgid "unnamed"
msgstr ""

#: src/staffops.c:323
#, c-format
msgid "voice %d"
msgstr ""

#: src/staffpropdialog.c:306
msgid "MIDI"
msgstr ""

#: src/staffpropdialog.c:307
msgid "MIDI Instrument:"
msgstr ""

#: src/staffpropdialog.c:308
msgid "Transposition:"
msgstr ""

#: src/staffpropdialog.c:309
msgid "Always Full Volume"
msgstr ""

#: src/staffpropdialog.c:310
msgid "Master Volume:"
msgstr ""

#: src/staffpropdialog.c:312
msgid "Channel:"
msgstr ""

#: src/staffpropdialog.c:313
msgid "Program:"
msgstr ""

#: src/timedialog.c:228
msgid "Change initial time signature"
msgstr ""

#: src/timedialog.c:229
msgid "Insert time signature change"
msgstr ""

#: src/timedialog.c:243
msgid "Enter desired time signature:"
msgstr ""

#: src/timedialog.c:263
msgid "Current Staff Only"
msgstr ""

#: src/tomeasuredialog.c:47
msgid "Go to measure"
msgstr ""

#: src/tomeasuredialog.c:58
msgid "Go to measure:"
msgstr ""

#: src/tupletops.c:71
msgid "Customize tuplet multiplier"
msgstr ""

#: src/tupletops.c:80
msgid "Numerator"
msgstr ""

#: src/tupletops.c:90
msgid "Denominator"
msgstr ""

#: src/utils.c:212
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""

#: src/utils.c:213
msgid ""
"This indicates the the LilyPond typsetter is still working on setting the "
"Denemo score. This can take a long time, particularly for polyphony where "
"voices must not collide. You can continue editing while the typsetting is "
"taking place.\n"
"Kill this window if you want to re-start the typesetting e.g. after fixing a "
"mistake you just spotted."
msgstr ""

#: src/utils.c:1293
msgid "Error"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:2713
msgid "Paste Current Snippet"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:2714
msgid ""
"Pastes the music captured in the currently selected Snippet into the text at "
"the cursor. The music appears here in the LilyPond typesetter syntax between "
"two markers (§). It will print as typeset music embedded in the sentence you "
"are writing.\n"
"You can edit the syntax, taking care to leave the markers in position. If "
"you delete one marker be sure to delete the other.\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:2720
msgid ""
"Makes the next Snippet the one that can be pasted. To see the music snippets "
"you need to check View->Snippets\n"
"The one selected is in bold black."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:6580
msgid "MIDI Controller Active?"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:6580
msgid ""
"Please turn off your MIDI keyboard\n"
"if you have not already done so"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:6738
msgid "<span foreground=\"blue\">Recording + Play Along</span>"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:6740
msgid "<span foreground=\"red\">Recording</span>"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:6742
msgid "<span foreground=\"red\">Play Along</span>"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:6744
msgid "Checking Pitches"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:6746
msgid "Listening to Pitches"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:6749
msgid "Adding to a Chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:6751
msgid "Starting a Chord"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:6753 src/view.c:9735
msgid "Appending/Editing Pitches"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:6769
msgid "Mouse Conductor ON"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:6771
msgid "Mouse Conductor OFF"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:6779
msgid "Switch to Normal Playback"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:6781 src/view.c:9740
msgid "Switch to Play Along Playback"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7557 src/view.c:7561 src/view.c:7564 src/view.c:7566
msgid "Create a new menu item"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7557
msgid "Give menu label: "
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7557
msgid "My Label"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7561
msgid "Give explanation of what it does: "
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7561
msgid "Prints my special effect"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7564
msgid "Do you want the new menu item in a submenu?"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7566
msgid "Give a label for the Sub-Menu"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7566
msgid "Sub Menu Label"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7579
msgid "Duplicate Name"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7579
msgid ""
"A command of this name is already available in your custom menus; Overwrite?"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7586
msgid "New Command Added"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7586
msgid "Do you want to save this with your default commands?"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7640
msgid ""
"No keyboard modifier keys\n"
"Press with modifier key to change"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7642
msgid ""
"\n"
"Press with modifier key to change"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7649
msgid "Set Mouse Shortcut"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7666
#, c-format
msgid "Setting mouse shortcut for %s"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7670
msgid "Choose the mouse button"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7677 actions/commandscripts/FingeringPosition.scm:58
msgid "Left"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7680 actions/commandscripts/FingeringPosition.scm:59
msgid "Right"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7684
msgid "Choose mouse action"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7690
msgid "Press Button"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7693
msgid "Release Button"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7696
msgid "Drag"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7700
msgid ""
"Hold Modifier Keys, Engage Caps or Num Lock\n"
"and click here to set shorcut."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7757
msgid "There is already an initialization script here"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7764
msgid "Wrote init.scm"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7764
msgid "Shall I execute it now?"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7768
msgid ""
"Could not create init.scm;\n"
"you must create your scripted menu item in the menu\n"
"before you create the initialization script for it, sorry."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7817 src/view.c:8356
msgid "Save Script"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7817
msgid "Over-write previous version of the script for "
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7817
msgid " ?"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:7826
msgid "No script saved"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:8304
msgid "Place Command on Button Bar"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:8310
msgid "Create Mouse Shortcut"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:8313
msgid ""
"Edit Shortcuts\n"
"Set Mouse Pointers\n"
"Hide/Delete Menu Item"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:8352
msgid "Get Script"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:8360 src/view.c:8364
msgid "Save Graphic"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:8370
msgid "Upload this Script to denemo.org"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:8376
msgid "Save Script as New Menu Item"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:8389
msgid "Get Initialization Script for this Menu"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:8393
msgid "Put Script as Initialization Script for this Menu"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:8559
msgid "Browse"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:8559
msgid "Opens a dialog for a new file"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:8620
msgid ""
"You have unsaved work. Hardware problems may cause the program to exit "
"during this task.\n"
"Please save first."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:8646
msgid "Could not start Audio input"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9106
msgid "Tools"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9106
msgid "Show/hide a toolbar for general operations on music files"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9109 src/view.c:9582
msgid "Playback Control"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9109
msgid "Show/hide playback controls"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9112 src/view.c:9718
msgid "Midi In Control"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9112
msgid "Show/hide Midi Input controls"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9115
msgid "Snippets"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9115
msgid ""
"Show/hide a toolbar which allows\n"
"you to store and enter snippets of music and to enter notes using rhythm "
"pattern of a snippet"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9118
msgid "Note and Rest Entry"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9118
msgid ""
"Show/hide a toolbar which allows\n"
"you to enter notes and rests using the mouse"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9121
msgid "Object Menu"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9121
msgid ""
"Show/hide a menu which is arranged by objects\n"
"The actions available for note objects change with the mode"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9124
msgid "LilyPond"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9124
msgid "Show/hide the LilyPond music typesetting language window"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9127
msgid "Scheme Script"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9127
msgid "Show scheme script window"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9131
msgid "Typeset Music"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9134
msgid "Score Layout"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9140
msgid "LilyPond Errors"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9146
msgid "Titles, Buttons etc"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9150
msgid "Allow Quick Shortcut Edits"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9152
msgid "Record Scheme Script"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9155
msgid ""
"Audible Feedback\n"
"Insert Duration/Edit Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9155
msgid ""
"Gives feedback as you enter durations. N.B. durations are entered in Edit "
"mode"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9157
msgid "Read Only"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9165
msgid "No mode"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9167
msgid "Classic"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9169
msgid ""
"Mode for inserting notes into the score at the cursor position\n"
"Uses prevailing duration/rhythm\n"
"Use the durations to set the prevailing duration\n"
"Use the note names to insert the note"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9171
msgid ""
"Mode for changing the note at cursor (name, duration)\n"
"and to enter notes by duration (rhythms)\n"
"Use the durations to insert notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9177
msgid "Note"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9177
msgid "Normal (note) entry"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9178
msgid "Rest"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9178
msgid "Entering rests not notes"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9179
msgid "Non printing rests"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9179
msgid ""
"Enters rests which will not be printed (just take up space)\n"
"Used for positioning polyphonic voice entries"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9182
msgid "Audible Feedback"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9182
msgid "Gives feedback as you enter durations"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9187
msgid "No External Input"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9187
msgid ""
"Entry of notes via computer keyboard only\n"
"Ignores connected MIDI or microphone devices."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9190
msgid "Audio Input"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9190
msgid "Enable pitch entry from microphone"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9193
msgid "Midi Input"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9193
msgid ""
"Input from a MIDI source. Set up the source first using Edit->Change "
"Preferences->Audio/Midi\n"
"Use View->MIDI In Control to control what the input does.\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9364
msgid "Menu:"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9365
msgid "Click here then hover over the menu items to find out what they will do"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9367
msgid ""
"Left click to execute the command, press a key to assign a keyboard shortcut "
"to the command,\n"
"Right click to get a menu from which you can\n"
"Create a button for this command, or a two-key keyboard shortcut or more "
"options still"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9464
msgid "Denemo Main Window"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9560
msgid ""
"This is the Main Menu bar, where menus for the mostly non-musical aspects "
"(saving, printing, setting up input sources etc) are placed. See the Object "
"Menu bar for the commands that edit music"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9564
msgid ""
"This is the Object Menu bar, where menus for the commands that edit music "
"live. They are arranged in a hierarchy Score, Movement, Staff (which "
"contains Voices) and then the things that go on a staff, notes, clefs etc. "
"Directives covers everything else that you can put in amongst the notes to "
"change the behavior from that point in the music."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9565
msgid ""
"This bar has buttons for entering notes and rests. The highlighted duration "
"is the <i>prevailing duration</i>, that is the duration which will be "
"applied to the next note entered. You can hide this bar (to make more room "
"on the screen) using the View menu. You can make it your preference to hide "
"it using MainMenu->Edit->Change Preferences->Display Note/Rest entry toolbar"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9567
msgid ""
"You can populate this bar with buttons holding a snippet of music. The "
"highlighted snippet is the <i>prevailing duration</i>, that is the next note "
"entered will follow the rhythmic pattern of this snippet.\n"
"You can enter the whole snippet by clicking on it, or using the command "
"under ObjectMenu->Notes/Rests->Append/InsertDuration->Insert Snippet. You "
"can also select the <i>prevailing snippet</i> using  ObjectMenu->Notes/Rests-"
">Select Duration->Next Snippet.\n"
"You can hide this bar (to make more room on the screen) using the View menu. "
"You can make it your preference to hide it using MainMenu->Edit->Change "
"Preferences->Display Note/Rest entry toolbar"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9572
msgid ""
"This tool bar contains a few conventional commands. You can hide it (to make "
"more room on the screen) using the View menu. You can make it your "
"preference to hide it using MainMenu->Edit->Change Preferences->Display "
"general toolbar"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9605
msgid ""
"Moves the playback start point (which shows as a green bar) earlier in time\n"
"The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at "
"least created the time base."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9607
msgid ""
"Sets the playback start point (green bar) to the note at the cursor.\n"
"The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at "
"least created the time base."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9608
msgid ""
"Moves the playback start point (which shows as a green bar) later in time\n"
"The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at "
"least created the time base."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9609
msgid ""
"Stops the playback. On pressing play after this playback will start where "
"the green bar is, not where you stopped. Use the Play/Pause button for that."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9610
msgid ""
"Starts playing back from the playback start (green bar) until the playback "
"end (red bar).\n"
"When playing it pauses the play, and continues when pressed again."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9611
msgid ""
"Starts playing and simultaneously records from MIDI in.\n"
"Once a recording is made it is played back with the score when you press "
"Play.\n"
"It can be deleted with the Delete button or converted to notation with "
"Convert\n"
".A MIDI recording is not saved with the Denemo score."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9612
msgid ""
"Moves the playback end point (which shows as a red bar) earlier in time\n"
"The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at "
"least created the time base."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9613
msgid ""
"Sets the playback end point (red bar) to the note at the cursor.\n"
"The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at "
"least created the time base."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9615
msgid ""
"Moves the playback end point (which shows as a red bar) later in time\n"
"The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at "
"least created the time base."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9619
msgid ""
"The music between the red and green bars is played in a loop.\n"
"You can edit the music while it is playing\n"
"monitoring your changes."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9621
msgid ""
"With the mouse conductor once you press play the playback progresses as you "
"move the mouse around\n"
"With this you can speed up and slow down the playback to listen in detail to "
"a certain passage\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9629
msgid "Resets the synthesizer, on JACK it sends a JACK panic."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9632
msgid "Sets the playback range (green and red bars) to the current selection."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9633
msgid "Pops up a dialog to get timings for start and end of playback."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9642
msgid "Tempo:"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9674
msgid "Audio Volume Cut"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9687
msgid "Audio Volume Boost"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9699
msgid "Audio Lead In "
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9703
msgid ""
"Set the number of seconds to clip from the audio, or if negative number of "
"seconds silence before audio plays.\n"
"This is useful when the audio track does not begin on a barline."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9706
msgid " secs."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9716
msgid ""
"Controls for managing input from a MIDI controller (e.g. keyboard) attached "
"to the computer. You may need to select your MIDI device first using "
"MainMenu->Edit->Change Preferences->MIDI looking for MIDI in devices (turn "
"your device on first). When you have a MIDI controller durations are "
"inserted without any pitch (they appear in brown) playing on the controller "
"puts the pitches onto the durations. The Shift and Control and ALT keys can "
"also be used for listening without entering notes, checking pitches entered "
"and entering chords. The foot pedal can also be used for chords. Release the "
"ALT key and re-press to start a new chord - timing is unimportant, play the "
"chord fast or slow."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9736
msgid ""
"This tells you what will happen to a MIDI in event from your controller. Use "
"the Control Shift or ALT keys, or caps lock to affect what will happen."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9740
msgid ""
"When in playalong mode, on clicking Play, the music plays until it reaches "
"the Denemo cursor\n"
"From then on you must play the notes at the cursor to progress the "
"playback.\n"
"So if you set the cursor on the first note of the part you want to play, "
"then once you have pressed play you can play along with Denemo, with Denemo "
"filling in the other parts and waiting if you play a wrong note."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9742
msgid "Delete the MIDI recording you have made."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9744
msgid "Convert the MIDI recording you have made to notation."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9792
msgid ""
"This is the Denemo Display for the music you have entered. See the print "
"view window for the typeset appearance.  The blue lozenge is the Denemo "
"Cursor - it turns Red when when the bar is full or green if you are "
"inserting in a bar. Many commands operate on the object at the Denemo "
"cursor\n"
"Overfull/Underfull bars are colored red/blue, use the Upbeat (Anacrusis, "
"Pickup) command if that is intentional.\n"
"You can switch to a menu-less view or a page-view using the Esc key. For the "
"paged view you drag the red bar up the page to set how many systems you want "
"showing.\n"
"For the paged view you will probably want a smaller zoom - use Control"
"+scroll-wheel on your mouse to zoom the display.Right-click on an object to "
"get a short menu of actions or set the mouse input mode."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9868
msgid ""
"This bar shows:\n"
"Pending ♯ or ♭ sign (if the next note entered will be sharpened or "
"flattened)\n"
"The movement number\n"
"Description of the object at the Denemo cursor\n"
"Position and status (appending or inserting) of the cursor.\n"
"If the Playback Controls are visible then the timing of the object at the "
"cursor is shown.\n"
"When the first key of a two-key shortcut is pressed the possible "
"continuations are shown here."
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9878
msgid ""
"This area shows which MIDI filters are active. It can also be used by "
"commands to pass information to the user"
msgstr ""

#: src/view.c:9987
msgid ""
"A button bar that can be populated by titles and other user generated "
"buttons.\n"
"Generally by clicking the button you can edit the title or value or execute "
"the action of the button"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo.scm:144 actions/commandscripts/EndVolta.scm:4
#: actions/commandscripts/Upbeat.scm:48 actions/commandscripts/Upbeat.scm:59
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo.scm:145
msgid "Place above staff"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo.scm:146
msgid "Place below staff"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo.scm:147
msgid "Set Relative Font Size"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo.scm:148
msgid "Offset Position (All)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo.scm:149
msgid "Offset Position (One)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo.scm:150
msgid "Edit Text"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo.scm:151 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:74
#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:86
msgid "Set Padding"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo.scm:154
msgid "Restore Position"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo.scm:298
msgid "Give a name applying to the whole score"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo.scm:417
msgid "End the selection at a note"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo.scm:422
msgid "Start the selection at a note"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo.scm:823
msgid "Please enter a transpose interval"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo.scm:823
msgid ""
"Please enter a transpose interval or two notes in Lilypond syntax.\n"
"\n"
"Example: m2 minor second, M2 major second, p5 fifth, T tritone.\n"
"Or:  c' e' for a major third."
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:238
msgid ""
"Now drag the control points to make the shape desired - when finished click "
"away from a control point"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:242
msgid "Slur Re-shaped"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:250
msgid ""
"Now click on the control point at the left end of the slur\n"
"Control points are marked by red crosses"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:251
msgid ""
"Now click second control point of the slur, the next red cross to the right"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:252
msgid ""
"Now click third control point of the slur, the next red cross to the right"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:253
msgid ""
"Now click last control point at the end of the slur, the last red cross to "
"the right"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:256
#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:308
msgid ""
"First click on the center line of the staff aligning with notehead/rest\n"
"(Positioning will be done with respect to this height)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:264
msgid ""
"To re-shape slurs you need to have the control points marked.\n"
"Use the right click menu to turn these on before invoking this command"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:268
msgid "Restore Default Slur Shape/Position"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:268
msgid "Removes your customization of this slur"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:273
msgid "Hint Slur Position"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:273
msgid "Edit Slur Shape"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:281
msgid "First click on the notehead of the note where the slur starts"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:287
msgid "Not a slur start - cancelled"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:288
#: actions/commandscripts/AttachedText.scm:25
#: actions/commandscripts/TextAbove.scm:24
#: actions/commandscripts/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:31
msgid "Cancelled"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:310
msgid "Now click on the position desired for the object"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:314
msgid "Re-positioned"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:316
msgid ""
"To re-position stuff attached to notes you need to have the locations of the "
"notes marked with red dots.\n"
"Use the right click menu to turn these on before invoking this command"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:322
#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:438
#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:441
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:322
#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:438
#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:442
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:322
#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:438
#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:443
msgid "Auto"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:332
msgid "Give relative font size: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:369
msgid "Up/Down"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:369
msgid "Offset Position"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:392
msgid "Start a new line here"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:393
msgid "Start a new page here"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:396
msgid "Three Beams Right (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:396
msgid ""
"Put just three beams to the right or undo a previous invocation of this "
"command"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:397
msgid "Three Beams Left (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:397
msgid ""
"Put just three beams to the left or undo a previous invocation of this "
"command"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:400
msgid "Two Beams Right (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:400
msgid ""
"Put just two beams to the right or undo a previous invocation of this command"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:401
msgid "Two Beams Left (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:401
msgid ""
"Put just two beams to the left or undo a previous invocation of this command"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:406
msgid "One Beam Right (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:406
msgid ""
"Put just one beam to the right or undo a previous invocation of this command"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:407
msgid "One Beam Left (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:407
msgid ""
"Put just one beam to the left or undo a previous invocation of this command"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:408
msgid "Chop to One Beam"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:408
msgid "Reduce the beaming between this and the next note to just one beam"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:413
msgid "Chop Gap in Beam"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:413
msgid "Remove the beaming between this and the next note"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:414
msgid "No Beam (Off/On)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:414
msgid ""
"Leave note/chord un-beamed or undo a previous invocation of this command"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:415
msgid "Change beam angle/position"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:415
msgid "Allows you to drag the ends of the beam"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:419
msgid "Hint Slur Angle/Position"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:419
msgid "Allows you to drag the ends of the slur"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:420
msgid "Change Slur Shape"
msgstr ""

#: actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:420
msgid "Allows you to drag the control points of the slur"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/AdjustBassFigureHeight.scm:8
#: actions/commandscripts/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:5
#: actions/commandscripts/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:11
msgid "Figured Bass Height"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/AdjustBassFigureHeight.scm:8
#: actions/commandscripts/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:11
msgid "Give height adjustment (unit = staff space): "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:5
msgid "Give number of groups: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Anacrusis.scm:46
msgid ""
"Put notes/rests in the first measure for the upbeat required\n"
"Then issue this command"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Anacrusis.scm:53
msgid "Upbeat"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Anacrusis.scm:57
msgid ""
"This measure's duration is too complex for this script.\n"
"Simplify or insert the required lilypond manually."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/AngryDelete.scm:8
msgid "Angry Delete MIDI Filter"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ArbitraryTextAbove.scm:4
msgid "Give string"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ArbitraryTextAbove.scm:4
msgid "give your text"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/AttachedText.scm:4
#: actions/commandscripts/FingeringPosition.scm:56
#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:114 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:118
msgid "Above"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/AttachedText.scm:4
#: actions/commandscripts/FingeringPosition.scm:57
#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:114 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:119
msgid "Below"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/AttachedText.scm:4
msgid "Auto Position"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/AttachedText.scm:8
#: actions/commandscripts/TextAbove.scm:7
msgid "Text"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/AttachedText.scm:8
msgid "Give text to appear with note/chord: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/AttachedText.scm:20
#: actions/commandscripts/TextAbove.scm:19
msgid "Delete this text?"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/AttachedText.scm:20
#: actions/commandscripts/AttachedText.scm:21
#: actions/commandscripts/ChordComment.scm:11
#: actions/commandscripts/ChordsOverBass.scm:215
#: actions/commandscripts/CreateIntro.scm:31
#: actions/commandscripts/CriticalComment.scm:16
#: actions/commandscripts/InstrumentName.scm:39
#: actions/commandscripts/InstrumentName.scm:40
#: actions/commandscripts/TextAbove.scm:19
#: actions/commandscripts/TextAbove.scm:20
msgid "y"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BeamingOff.scm:5
msgid "No Beaming"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BeatChange.scm:10
#: actions/commandscripts/BeatChange.scm:26
#: actions/commandscripts/MetronomeMark.scm:25
#: actions/commandscripts/MetronomeMark.scm:41
#: actions/commandscripts/MetronomeMarking.scm:3
#: actions/commandscripts/MetronomeMarking.scm:9
#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:23 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:39
msgid "Metronome Marking"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BeatChange.scm:10
#: actions/commandscripts/MetronomeMark.scm:25
#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:23
msgid ""
"Give unit beat duration (e.g., 4. for dotted-quarter) \n"
" or enter n for none:"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BeatChange.scm:12
#: actions/commandscripts/MetronomeMark.scm:27
#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:25
msgid "n"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BeatChange.scm:26
#: actions/commandscripts/MetronomeMark.scm:41
#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:39
msgid "Give number of these "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BeatChange.scm:26
#: actions/commandscripts/MetronomeMark.scm:41
#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:39
msgid " beats per minute:"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BeatChange.scm:48
msgid "Beat Change"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BeatChange.scm:49
msgid "Enter beat change as [beat1]=[beat2] with the beats in Lilypond syntax,"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BeatChange.scm:50
msgid ""
"\n"
"i.e. 4 for quarter, 4. for dotted quarter, etc."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BeatChange.scm:51
msgid ""
"\n"
"Place immediately after a barline to center the beat change  over the "
"barline."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BookArranger.scm:3
msgid "Give name for arranger etc or blank out to delete: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BookComposer.scm:3
msgid "Give name for composer or blank out to delete: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BookCopyright.scm:3
msgid "Give copyright notice or blank out to delete: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BookDate.scm:5
msgid "Give date for score or blank out to delete: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BookInstrumentation.scm:5
msgid "Give instrumentation for the default layout or blank out to delete: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BookPoet.scm:5
msgid "Give name for poet/lyricist/librettist etc or blank out to delete: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/BookTitle.scm:3
msgid "Give a title for the whole score or blank out to delete: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Chapter.scm:3
msgid "Give heading or blank out to delete: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/CheckTiesInStaff.scm:16
msgid "Tied notes not the same"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/CheckTupletsInMeasure.scm:20
msgid "End Tuplet with no start"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/CheckTupletsInMeasure.scm:33
msgid "Start Tuplet with no end"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ChordComment.scm:6
msgid "Insert Comment"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ChordComment.scm:6
msgid "Comment this chord"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ChordComment.scm:11
#: actions/commandscripts/CriticalComment.scm:16
msgid "Cursor has Moved"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ChordComment.scm:11
#: actions/commandscripts/CriticalComment.scm:16
msgid "Apply Command to new position of cursor?"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ChordsOverBass.scm:215
msgid "Non Empty Chords staff"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ChordsOverBass.scm:215
#: actions/commandscripts/CreateIntro.scm:31
msgid "Remove the previous transcription from this measure on?"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/CreateIntro.scm:31
msgid "Non Empty Intro staff"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/CriticalComment.scm:9
msgid "Give Comment"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/D.C.AlFine.scm:10
msgid "Replacing Text"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/D.C.AlFine.scm:10
msgid "Give new text"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/D.C.AlFine.scm:10
msgid "D.C. Al Fine"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/D.C.AlFine.scm:52
msgid "No note or rest at cursor"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DenemoLink.scm:7
msgid ""
"There is no link here, open the source document and click on it to place one."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DesignateVoice.scm:4
msgid "OneVoice:  Default-For a single voice on a staff"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DesignateVoice.scm:5
msgid "VoiceOne:  Designate as upper voice"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DesignateVoice.scm:6
msgid "VoiceTwo:  Designate as lower voice"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DesignateVoice.scm:6
msgid ""
"VoiceThree: \n"
"Horizontally offset upper voice"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DesignateVoice.scm:8
msgid "VoiceFour:  Horizontally offset lower voice"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DesignateVoice.scm:14
msgid "Voice1"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DesignateVoice.scm:16
msgid "Voice2"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DesignateVoice.scm:18
msgid "Voice3"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DesignateVoice.scm:20
msgid "Voice4"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DesignateVoice.scm:22
msgid "1Voice"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DisplaceRestHorizontally.scm:3
msgid "Horizontal shift"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DisplaceRestHorizontally.scm:3
#: actions/commandscripts/ShiftNext.scm:5
msgid "Give horizontal shift required"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DotDoubleDotNoDot.scm:12
msgid "Cursor must be on a chord/note/rest"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DynamicText.scm:60
msgid "Custom dynamic"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DynamicText.scm:60
msgid "Enter dynamic text:"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DynamicText.scm:65
msgid "Dynamic setting"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/DynamicText.scm:65
msgid "Enter loudness level (0-127):"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/EditProlog.scm:6
msgid "Edit Score Prolog"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/EditProlog.scm:7
msgid "Edit LilyPond to apply to whole score"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/FiguredBassExercises.scm:5
msgid ""
"The music below is the first of Handel's exercises for figured bass. The "
"staff marked \"Chords\" at the top is a sample (inadequate) realization of "
"the figures.\n"
" When you click Start you will be asked if you want to delete this version, "
"and when you say yes you can start creating your own.\n"
" The screen becomes green to remind you that your MIDI controller is now "
"expecting you to play the ticked bass note plus chord.\n"
" The bass note expected is marked with a tick, play this note plus the chord "
"notes. You can hold down the bass note and change chords over the same bass "
"note.\n"
" Note, you must distinguish enharmonic differences (e.g. D-sharp from E-"
"flat), check that the set of accidentals showing in the MIDI-in controls "
"suits the piece you are working on. Press shift-sharpwise or flatwise as "
"needed.\n"
" You can hold down the chord while going on to the next bass note so as to "
"carry the chord over.\n"
"You can use the sustain pedal to tie the chord you are entering with the "
"chord for the next bass note by putting the pedal down on the chord you want "
"to tie and releasing it after going on to the next bass note.\n"
"Putting pedal down before the bass note will tie the last chord to the one "
"you enter next. \n"
"You can also use the sustain pedal  to place a chord on a rest before a bass "
"note (depress the pedal before striking the bass note).\n"
" You can click Start a second time to stop, and you can re-start from any "
"bar you like.\n"
" You can edit, playback etc while working, but don't remove or add staffs. "
"You can also use the pitch bend wheel to stop entering chords.\n"
"  "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/FiguredBassExercises.scm:31
msgid "You have unsaved work"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/FingeringPosition.scm:56
msgid "Places the fingering above the chord"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/FingeringPosition.scm:57
msgid "Places the fingering below the chord"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/FingeringPosition.scm:58
msgid "Places the fingering to the left of the chord"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/FingeringPosition.scm:59
msgid "Places the fingering to the right of the chord"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Footnote.scm:6
msgid "Fn"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Footnote.scm:11
msgid "Give footnote marker"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Footnote.scm:12
msgid "Give footnote text"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Footnote.scm:30
msgid "Orig. "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Footnote.scm:31
msgid "No note or chord at cursor to attach footnote to"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/GraceAfter.scm:41
msgid ""
"The cursor is not on a grace note after a main note or chord\n"
"First create the main note, then follow it with the grace note(s) then "
"invoke this command with the cursor on the grace note"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/GraceAfter.scm:44
msgid ""
"The cursor is not on a grace note after a main note or chord\n"
"First create the main note, then then follow it with the grace note(s) then "
"invoke this command with the cursor on the grace note"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/HelpForReturnKey.scm:3
msgid ""
"The Return keypress can be used as a special instantly movable shortcut,\n"
"you can set it to any menu action you wish by pressing it while you have the "
"item selected\n"
"Any one-key shortcut can be set this way, but with Return you do not get "
"told if you are taking the shortcut away from another command.\n"
"Also the setting is not saved.\n"
"The idea is to set it for your current activity (e.g. applying tenuto "
"marks).\n"
"You can make it \"normal\" by setting a preference - see Edit->Preferences-"
">Command Behavior.\n"
"Note that the Enter key on the numeric keypad is a separate key (or should "
"be!) and can be used as a shortcut independently"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/HideBarlines.scm:8
msgid "Hide Barlines"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/HideEmptyStaffs.scm:14
msgid "Hide Empty Staffs"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/HideLilyPond.scm:5
msgid "hide"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/HideMovement.scm:9
msgid "NO PRINT"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/HideOssia.scm:5
msgid "Hide"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/IRC.scm:3
msgid ""
"Your browser may take a few moments to start - be patient!\n"
" \tWhen it has started you have to type in some anti-spam words\n"
" \tand click connect\n"
" \tThen you get a page with a place to type your question at the bottom.\n"
" \tType hello in there and hit Enter\n"
" \tIf no one is there to help you can use the mailing list denemo-devel@gnu."
"org"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/IncipitFromSelection.scm:22
msgid "Incipit"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Indent.scm:13
#: actions/commandscripts/ScoreIndent.scm:12
msgid "Choose indent of first system"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Indent.scm:13
msgid "Give amount as decimal"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InitialVoice.scm:3
#: actions/commandscripts/InitialVoice.scm:5
#: actions/commandscripts/VoiceSetting.scm:3
#: actions/commandscripts/VoiceSetting.scm:5
msgid "Voice 1"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InitialVoice.scm:3
#: actions/commandscripts/InitialVoice.scm:7
#: actions/commandscripts/VoiceSetting.scm:3
#: actions/commandscripts/VoiceSetting.scm:7
msgid "Voice 2"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InitialVoice.scm:3
#: actions/commandscripts/InitialVoice.scm:9
#: actions/commandscripts/VoiceSetting.scm:3
#: actions/commandscripts/VoiceSetting.scm:9
msgid "Voice 3"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InitialVoice.scm:3
#: actions/commandscripts/InitialVoice.scm:11
#: actions/commandscripts/VoiceSetting.scm:3
#: actions/commandscripts/VoiceSetting.scm:11
msgid "Voice 4"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InitialVoice.scm:3
#: actions/commandscripts/InitialVoice.scm:13
#: actions/commandscripts/VoiceSetting.scm:3
#: actions/commandscripts/VoiceSetting.scm:13
msgid "Automatic Voice"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InitialVoiceFour.scm:5
msgid "Voice Four"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InitialVoiceOne.scm:5
msgid "Voice One"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InitialVoiceThree.scm:5
msgid "Voice Three"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InitialVoiceTwo.scm:5
msgid "Voice Two"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InsertDefinedLilyPond.scm:24
msgid "No Definitions have been created for this score"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.scm:3
msgid "Press a duration key to get two, beamed, grace notes"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.scm:27
msgid ""
"To use this function correctly you need to give a duration.\n"
"This will insert two grace notes, beamed together if needed, with the given "
"duration"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InstrumentName.scm:16
msgid "InstrumentName"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InstrumentName.scm:16
msgid ""
"Give name of instrument/voice/part\n"
"for current staff:"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InstrumentName.scm:24
msgid "Unnamed"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InstrumentName.scm:39
msgid ""
"This sets the name in Movement 1\n"
"Set this name for the same staff in other movements?"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/InstrumentName.scm:61
#: actions/commandscripts/ScoreIndent.scm:20
msgid "indent="
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/LilyPondDefinition.scm:9
#: actions/commandscripts/LilyPondDefinition.scm:11
msgid "Creating LilyPond Definition"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/LilyPondDefinition.scm:9
msgid "Give name (alphabetical only): "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/LilyPondDefinition.scm:11
msgid "Give valid LilyPond syntax for this definition: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/LilyPondInclude.scm:15
msgid "Include LilyPond File"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/LilyPondInclude.scm:15
msgid "Give LilyPond file name:"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/LilyPondInclude.scm:18
msgid "LilyPondInclude unchanged"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/LimitInterSystemSpace.scm:14
msgid "Limit on space between systems removed"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/LimitInterSystemSpace.scm:16
msgid "Spacing Between Systems"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/LimitInterSystemSpace.scm:16
msgid "Give spacing limit (1=no extra space)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MergeRests.scm:6
msgid "Turning off merging of rests, use Merge Rests command to turn it on"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MetronomeMark.scm:53
#: actions/commandscripts/MetronomeMark.scm:56
#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:51 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:54
msgid "BPM Printed"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MetronomeMark.scm:53
#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:51
msgid "BPM Not Printed"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MetronomeMark.scm:61
#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:59
msgid "Incorrect BPM syntax."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MetronomeMarking.scm:3
msgid ""
"Give unit beat duration \n"
"(e.g., 4. for dotted-quarter):"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MetronomeMarking.scm:10
msgid "Give number of these beats per minute:"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MetronomeMarking.scm:28
msgid "Incorrect syntax."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MidiFilterOff.scm:4
msgid "No MIDI filter active"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MouseInsertion.scm:73
msgid ""
"To insert notes hold down shift key while clicking the mouse. To add to a "
"chord hold down Alt key, to delete hold down Control key while clicking.\n"
"\tOr use keys a,b,c,d,e,f,g, 0,1,2,3,4 (with Shift, Control or Alt).\n"
"\tTo cut out excessive messages like this use Help menu ->Turn Excessive "
"Tooltips Off/On."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MultiMeasureRests.scm:64
msgid "Grouped in mm rest"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MultiMeasureRests.scm:80
msgid ""
"This whole measure rest is grouped with adjacent ones to form a multi-"
"measure rest.\n"
"The first of the group should be the multi-measure rest itself."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MultiMeasureRests.scm:84
msgid "Recalculate"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MultiMeasureRests.scm:84
msgid "Un-group"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MultiMeasureRests.scm:87
msgid ""
"This represents a number of whole measure rests.\n"
"The following measure rests are grouped with this one when typeset on their "
"own. In full score they are typeset separately to match the other parts.\n"
"If you add further grouped whole measure rests, this Directive will need re-"
"calculating.\n"
"The check score routine that is run before printing will do this for you."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MultiMeasureRests.scm:92
msgid ""
"Invoke this command with the cursor on the first whole measure rest to be "
"grouped"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/MvntComment.scm:4
#: actions/commandscripts/ScoreComment.scm:4
#: actions/commandscripts/StaffComment.scm:4
msgid "Click to edit comment"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/NoBeam.scm:14
msgid "No beam possible here"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/NotForLayout.scm:6
msgid "Not for "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/NoteColumnShift.scm:6
msgid "Horizontal Shift"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/NoteColumnShift.scm:6
msgid "Give amount (staff spaces)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/OnlyForLayout.scm:6
msgid "for "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/OpenMyDefaultTemplate.scm:7
msgid ""
"Failed to open Default.denemo in your custom templates directory\n"
"Have you saved a template called Default yet?"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/OpenOctaveDown.scm:5
msgid "Down8va"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/OpenOctaveUp.scm:5
msgid "Up8va"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Ottava.scm:3
msgid "Give -1 for ottava bassa, 1 for ottava alta and 0 for end ottava"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/PaperSize.scm:12
msgid "Paper Size ="
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/PartCombine.scm:10
msgid "Parts are now uncombined"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/PartCombine.scm:15
#: actions/commandscripts/PartCombine.scm:19
msgid "Part Combine "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/PartCombine.scm:26
msgid "Can only part-combine two voices"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/PartCombine.scm:32
msgid "Only two voices can be part-combined"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/PartCombine.scm:34
msgid "Must be on a staff with two voices"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/PianoStaff.scm:6
msgid "RH"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/PianoStaff.scm:11
msgid "LH"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/PianoStaffName.scm:6
msgid "Give name of instrument for staff group starting here:"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Piece.scm:3
msgid ""
"Give name for this piece of the current movement or blank out to delete: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/PitchShift.scm:3
msgid "Pitch Change"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/PitchShift.scm:3
msgid "Give amount =/-"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/PointAndClick.scm:6
msgid ""
"Point-and-click is now On.\n"
"This means that you will be able to click on the typeset score to move the "
"cursor to a given note, or do editing etc.\n"
"Generated PDF files will be larger though."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/PointAndClick.scm:8
msgid ""
"Point-and-click is now Off.\n"
"This means that you will be not able to click on the typeset score to move "
"the cursor to a given note, or do editing etc.\n"
"Generated PDF files will be smaller. Use this for pdf export"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/PrintAllLayouts.scm:24
msgid "No Layouts Available?"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/PrintPartWithTitlePage.scm:14
msgid "No Book Title, see Score->Titles->Book Titles"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:22
msgid ""
"There are unclosed tuplets in this bar.\n"
" Please fix - see CheckTuplets command."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:322 actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:325
msgid "Split This Note"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:322 actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:324
#: actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:325
msgid "Split All"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:322
msgid "Stop Here"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:354
msgid ""
"This measure's discrepancy requires a tuplet.\n"
"Please adjust manually and run this script again."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:375
msgid "Search for under/overfull bars"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:376 actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:379
msgid "Pad underfull bars with rests"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:376 actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:378
#: actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:379
msgid "Pad underfull bars with blank rests"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:377 actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:380
msgid "Rebar-Merge underfull, split overfull bars"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:381
msgid "Entire Staff"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:381 actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:387
msgid "This Point Onwards"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:381 actions/commandscripts/ReBar.scm:384
msgid "Entire Movement"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ScoreIndent.scm:12
msgid "Give amount in decimal"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ScoreProlog.scm:8
msgid "Give LilyPond:"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ScoreProlog.scm:14
msgid "Prolog unchanged"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ScoreVersion.scm:6
#: actions/commandscripts/ScoreVersion.scm:11
msgid "v 1.0"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ScoreVersion.scm:12
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ScoreVersion.scm:12
msgid "Give a version for this edition:"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Section.scm:3
msgid "Give name for movement sub-title or blank out to delete: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetBarNumber.scm:3
msgid "Change Barnumber in typeset score"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetBarNumber.scm:3
msgid ""
"Please enter a number to set the current bar number. The typeset score will "
"continue to count up from there."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetBarNumber.scm:7
msgid "BarNumber = "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetCurrentStaffAsVoice.scm:5
msgid "The current staff is already a voice"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff.scm:5
msgid "The current staff is not voice"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetMovementTempo.scm:4
msgid "Tempo of Movement"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetMovementTempo.scm:4
msgid "Give quarter notes per minute:"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetNewbieStatus.scm:7
msgid "Newbie status is now on - re-start Denemo to see extra tooltips"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetNewbieStatus.scm:8
msgid ""
"Newbie status is now off - re-start Denemo to avoid excessive tooltips.\n"
"Note you can also increase the time before the remaining ones appear via the "
"Preferences"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetThumbnail.scm:6
msgid "Returning to the first Movement for thumbnail selection"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetThumbnail.scm:13
msgid "Thumbnail Selection Complete"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetThumbnail.scm:13
msgid "Create thumbnail now?"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetThumbnail.scm:16
msgid ""
"No Selection to set the thumbnail to\n"
"Create a selection and re-run the command."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetThumbnail.scm:17
msgid "Save the score before trying to set the thumbnail"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetTuningAllStaffs.scm:5
msgid "All Staffs: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/SetTuningStaff.scm:5
msgid "This Staff: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ShiftNext.scm:5
#: actions/commandscripts/ShiftNext.scm:6
msgid "X-Y shift"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ShiftNext.scm:6
msgid "Give vertical shift required"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ShiftOff.scm:7
msgid "No Shift"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ShiftOn.scm:7
msgid "Shift"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ShortInstrumentName.scm:12
msgid "Give Short Instrument Name:"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ShowLastChange.scm:5
msgid "The last change was:\n"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ShowLastChange.scm:6
msgid "No change recorded in Undo stack"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ShowOssia.scm:5
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/StaffSize.scm:3
msgid "Setting Staff Size"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/StaffSize.scm:3
msgid "Give Staff Size (for printing), 0 for default"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/StartTuplet.scm:4
msgid "Enter tuplet numerator "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/StartTuplet.scm:4
msgid ""
"Enter the fraction to multiply the duration by,\n"
"numerator first. E.g., for triplets, enter 2, then 3. \n"
"Numerator:"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/StartTuplet.scm:5
msgid "Enter tuplet denominator"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/StartTuplet.scm:5
msgid "Enter the fraction's denominator:"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TaglineLink.scm:4
msgid "Give URL to link to"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TaglineLink.scm:5
msgid "Give text for tagline"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TaglineLink.scm:5
msgid "Source file at http://denemo.org"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:74 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:84
msgid "Offset the Position"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:95
msgid "Vivace"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:96
msgid "Moderato"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:96
msgid "Lento"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:96 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:108
msgid "Tempo Adjust (ritardando, etc.)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:97 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:101
msgid "Custom tempo (e.g., Allegro assai)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:97 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:125
msgid "Beat Change (e.g., 4=4.)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:97 actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:100
msgid "No Tempo Text-Metronome Only"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:104
msgid "Tempo setting"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:104
msgid "Enter tempo text:"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:104
msgid "Allegro assai"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:112
msgid "Tempo adjust"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:112
msgid "Enter text:"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:112
msgid "rit."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tempo.scm:114
msgid "Neutral"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TextAbove.scm:7
msgid "Give text to appear above music: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TextAnnotation.scm:31
msgid "Text Annotation"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TextAnnotation.scm:32
msgid ""
"Give text to be placed in score at cursor\n"
"(it can be dragged in the typeset view)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TimesigWithBeatStructure.scm:6
#: actions/commandscripts/TimesigWithBeatStructure.scm:9
msgid "Beat Structure"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TimesigWithBeatStructure.scm:6
msgid ""
"Give beat:\n"
"(smallest note that beams can split at\n"
"e.g. 1/8 for eighth notes.)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TimesigWithBeatStructure.scm:10
msgid ""
"Give grouping of beats desired:\n"
"A set of numbers with spaces between\n"
"each number is how many beats before the beam breaks."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TitledPiece.scm:3
msgid "Give title for the movement or blank out to delete: "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TocTitle.scm:9
msgid ""
"Give title for the table of contents\n"
"Blank to delete"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TocTitle.scm:10
msgid "Table of Contents Page Break Control"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TocTitle.scm:10
msgid ""
"Give 0 - No page breaks\n"
"1 - Page Break before Table of Contents\n"
"2 - Page Break after\n"
"3 - Both"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ToggleCheckChords.scm:56
msgid "Checking Chords Filter"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ToggleCheckChords.scm:87
msgid "No active MIDI Filter"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ToggleCurveControl.scm:16
msgid "Curve Control Points On"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ToggleCurveControl.scm:17
msgid ""
"Typeset score will have curves marked with control points\n"
"Use these for accurate reshaping of curves via wysiwyg operations on the "
"typeset score with mouse"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ToggleWysiwygMarks.scm:17
msgid "Wysiwyg Marks On"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ToggleWysiwygMarks.scm:18
msgid ""
"Typeset score will have graphical objects marked with red dots\n"
"Use these for accurate tweaking of positions via wysiwyg operations on the "
"typeset score with mouse"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TransposeOctaveUp.scm:3
msgid "Print out 8va up"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TransposeScorePrint.scm:10
#: actions/commandscripts/TransposeStaffPrint.scm:7
msgid "Set Transpose Interval"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TransposeScorePrint.scm:10
msgid ""
"Give Interval to transpose by as two note names, \n"
" for example \"c g\" means transpose 5th up.\n"
"Note names are in Dutch!!! a,b,c ... are the same but\n"
"\"es\" = flat, so e.g. bes means b-flat\n"
"\"is\" = sharp so e.g fis means f-sharp\n"
"Use commas for octave(s) down, \n"
"single-quotes for octave(s) up\n"
"e.g. c c' means octave up.\n"
"You do not have to start with c\n"
"e.g. d e means a tone higher.\n"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TransposeStaffOutput.scm:8
msgid "No Transposition Interval"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TransposeStaffOutput.scm:8
msgid ""
"To use this function you need to place the cursor\n"
"on the first of two notes which define\n"
"the transposition required"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TransposeStaffOutput.scm:8
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TransposeStaffPrint.scm:7
msgid ""
"Give Interval to transpose by\n"
"e.g. c ees means up minor third.\n"
"es = flat, so e.g. bes means b-flat\n"
"is = sharp so e.g fis means f-sharp\n"
"Use commas for octave(s) down, \n"
"single-quotes for octave(s) up\n"
"e.g. c c' means octave up.\n"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TransposeStaffPrint.scm:16
msgid "Print transposed:  "
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tremolo.scm:5
msgid ""
"To use this function correctly you need to press a keyboard shortcut for a "
"duration command\n"
"The duration will be used to divide the note at the cursor when printed. "
"Durations 3-7 are valid (that is eighth note and shorter)"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Tremolo.scm:10
msgid ""
"Click on the display and press a shortcut key 3-7 for the duration into "
"which the note at the cursor is to be divided"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:7
msgid "Verses will no longer be printed at the end of the piece"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:12
msgid "Typesetting Verses at End"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:12
msgid "Which verse to start at?"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:30
msgid "No verses found"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/UnGraceAfter.scm:30
msgid "The cursor is not on a grace note after a main note or chord\n"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Upbeat.scm:10
msgid ""
"Upbeat/Short Measure can only be used in an underful, non-empty measures"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Upbeat.scm:48 actions/commandscripts/Upbeat.scm:54
msgid "Re-calculate"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/Upbeat.scm:53
msgid ""
"This object fills up the duration of this measure, so that the notes in the "
"measure form an upbeat. It needs to be renewed if you change the duration of "
"the notes in the measure - use Re-calculate for this, or simply delete it "
"and re-run the Upbeat command."
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ZoomDialog.scm:4
msgid "Scale Display"
msgstr ""

#: actions/commandscripts/ZoomDialog.scm:4
msgid "Give % scaling required"
msgstr ""
